Commit Graph

36402 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Florian Fainelli 728c02089a net: ipv4: handle DSA enabled master network devices
The logic to configure a network interface for kernel IP
auto-configuration is very simplistic, and does not handle the case
where a device is stacked onto another such as with DSA. This causes the
kernel not to open and configure the master network device in a DSA
switch tree, and therefore slave network devices using this master
network devices as conduit device cannot be open.

This restriction comes from a check in net/dsa/slave.c, which is
basically checking the master netdev flags for IFF_UP and returns
-ENETDOWN if it is not the case.

Automatically bringing-up DSA master network devices allows DSA slave
network devices to be used as valid interfaces for e.g: NFS root booting
by allowing kernel IP autoconfiguration to succeed on these interfaces.

On the reverse path, make sure we do not attempt to close a DSA-enabled
device as this would implicitely prevent the slave DSA network device
from operating.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 15:45:10 -05:00
Hagen Paul Pfeifer 9d289715eb ipv6: stop sending PTB packets for MTU < 1280
Reduce the attack vector and stop generating IPv6 Fragment Header for
paths with an MTU smaller than the minimum required IPv6 MTU
size (1280 byte) - called atomic fragments.

See IETF I-D "Deprecating the Generation of IPv6 Atomic Fragments" [1]
for more information and how this "feature" can be misused.

[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6man-deprecate-atomfrag-generation-00

Signed-off-by: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:52:07 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 317f4810e4 rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set
This patch adds the ability to create a netdevice in a specified netns and
then move it into the final netns. In fact, it allows to have a symetry between
get and set rtnl messages.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:32:03 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 1728d4fabd tunnels: advertise link netns via netlink
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:32:03 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel d37512a277 rtnl: add link netns id to interface messages
This patch adds a new attribute (IFLA_LINK_NETNSID) which contains the 'link'
netns id when this netns is different from the netns where the interface
stands (for example for x-net interfaces like ip tunnels).
With this attribute, it's possible to interpret correctly all advertised
information (like IFLA_LINK, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:21:26 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 0c7aecd4bd netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids
With this patch, a user can define an id for a peer netns by providing a FD or a
PID. These ids are local to the netns where it is added (ie valid only into this
netns).

The main function (ie the one exported to other module), peernet2id(), allows to
get the id of a peer netns. If no id has been assigned by the user, this
function allocates one.

These ids will be used in netlink messages to point to a peer netns, for example
in case of a x-netns interface.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:21:18 -05:00
Emmanuel Grumbach c1e140bf79 mac80211: delete the assoc/auth timer upon suspend
While suspending, we destroy the authentication /
association that might be taking place. While doing so, we
forgot to delete the timer which can be firing after
local->suspended is already set, producing the warning below.

Fix that by deleting the timer.

[66722.825487] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 5612 at net/mac80211/util.c:755 ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]()
[66722.825487] queueing ieee80211 work while going to suspend
[66722.825529] CPU: 2 PID: 5612 Comm: kworker/u16:69 Tainted: G        W  O  3.16.1+ #24
[66722.825537] Workqueue: events_unbound async_run_entry_fn
[66722.825545] Call Trace:
[66722.825552]  <IRQ>  [<ffffffff817edbb2>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[66722.825556]  [<ffffffff81075cad>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0
[66722.825572]  [<ffffffffa06b5b90>] ? ieee80211_sta_bcn_mon_timer+0x50/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825573]  [<ffffffff81075d1c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50
[66722.825586]  [<ffffffffa06977a2>] ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]
[66722.825598]  [<ffffffffa06977d5>] ieee80211_queue_work+0x25/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825611]  [<ffffffffa06b5bac>] ieee80211_sta_timer+0x1c/0x20 [mac80211]
[66722.825614]  [<ffffffff8108655a>] call_timer_fn+0x8a/0x300

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-19 18:59:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg 6e9f3fa4f0 Revert "wireless: Support of IFLA_INFO_KIND rtnl attribute"
This reverts commit ba1debdfed.

Oliver reported that it breaks network-manager, for some reason with
this patch NM decides that the device isn't wireless but "generic"
(ethernet), sees no carrier (as expected with wifi) and fails to do
anything else with it.

Revert this to unbreak userspace.

Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-19 18:49:56 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 75e8d06d43 netfilter: nf_tables: validate hooks in NAT expressions
The user can crash the kernel if it uses any of the existing NAT
expressions from the wrong hook, so add some code to validate this
when loading the rule.

This patch introduces nft_chain_validate_hooks() which is based on
an existing function in the bridge version of the reject expression.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-19 14:52:39 +01:00
Rosen, Rami 4de8b41370 bridge: remove oflags from setlink/dellink.
Commit 02dba4388d ("bridge: fix setlink/dellink notifications") removed usage of oflags in
both rtnl_bridge_setlink() and rtnl_bridge_dellink() methods. This patch removes this variable as it is no
longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 01:22:48 -05:00
David S. Miller 7b46a644a4 netlink: Fix bugs in nlmsg_end() conversions.
Commit 053c095a82 ("netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end()
void") didn't catch all of the cases where callers were breaking out
on the return value being equal to zero, which they no longer should
when zero means success.

Fix all such cases.

Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 23:36:08 -05:00
Johannes Berg 053c095a82 netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end() void
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.

This makes the very common pattern of

  if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }

be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do

  return nlmsg_end(...);

and the caller is expected to deal with it.

This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write

  if (my_function(...))
    /* error condition */

and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.

Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.

Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did

-	return nlmsg_end(...);
+	nlmsg_end(...);
+	return 0;

I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.

One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 01:03:45 -05:00
Richard Alpe d6e164e321 tipc: fix socket list regression in new nl api
Commit 07f6c4bc (tipc: convert tipc reference table to use generic
rhashtable) introduced a problem with port listing in the new netlink
API. It broke the resume functionality resulting in a never ending
loop. This was caused by starting with the first hash table every time
subsequently never returning an empty skb (terminating).

This patch fixes the resume mechanism by keeping a logical reference
to the last hash table along with a logical reference to the socket
(port) that didn't fit in the previous message.

Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:27:05 -05:00
David S. Miller e445dd5f67 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-01-16

Here are some more bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 3.20:

 - Refactoring & cleanups of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
 - Various fixes to the btmrvl driver
 - Fixes for Bluetooth Low Energy Privacy feature handling
 - Added build-time sanity checks for sockaddr sizes
 - Fixes for Security Manager registration on LE-only controllers
 - Refactoring of broken inquiry mode handling to a generic quirk

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:25:30 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 3aeb66176f net: replace br_fdb_external_learn_* calls with switchdev notifier events
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).

Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:23:57 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 03bf0c2812 switchdev: introduce switchdev notifier
This patch introduces new notifier for purposes of exposing events which happen
on switch driver side. The consumers of the event messages are mainly involved
masters, namely bridge and ovs.

Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:23:57 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 66c1a12c65 socket: use ki_nbytes instead of iov_length()
This field already contains the length of the iovec, no need to calculate it
again.

Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:58:37 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann 2061dcd6bf net: sctp: fix race for one-to-many sockets in sendmsg's auto associate
I.e. one-to-many sockets in SCTP are not required to explicitly
call into connect(2) or sctp_connectx(2) prior to data exchange.
Instead, they can directly invoke sendmsg(2) and the SCTP stack
will automatically trigger connection establishment through 4WHS
via sctp_primitive_ASSOCIATE(). However, this in its current
implementation is racy: INIT is being sent out immediately (as
it cannot be bundled anyway) and the rest of the DATA chunks are
queued up for later xmit when connection is established, meaning
sendmsg(2) will return successfully. This behaviour can result
in an undesired side-effect that the kernel made the application
think the data has already been transmitted, although none of it
has actually left the machine, worst case even after close(2)'ing
the socket.

Instead, when the association from client side has been shut down
e.g. first gracefully through SCTP_EOF and then close(2), the
client could afterwards still receive the server's INIT_ACK due
to a connection with higher latency. This INIT_ACK is then considered
out of the blue and hence responded with ABORT as there was no
alive assoc found anymore. This can be easily reproduced f.e.
with sctp_test application from lksctp. One way to fix this race
is to wait for the handshake to actually complete.

The fix defers waiting after sctp_primitive_ASSOCIATE() and
sctp_primitive_SEND() succeeded, so that DATA chunks cooked up
from sctp_sendmsg() have already been placed into the output
queue through the side-effect interpreter, and therefore can then
be bundeled together with COOKIE_ECHO control chunks.

strace from example application (shortened):

socket(PF_INET, SOCK_SEQPACKET, IPPROTO_SCTP) = 3
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
           msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
           msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
           msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
           msg_iov(1)=[{"hello", 5}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, 0) = 5
sendmsg(3, {msg_name(28)={sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(8888), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.1.115")},
           msg_iov(0)=[], msg_controllen=48, {cmsg_len=48, cmsg_level=0x84 /* SOL_??? */, cmsg_type=, ...},
           msg_flags=0}, 0) = 0 // graceful shutdown for SOCK_SEQPACKET via SCTP_EOF
close(3) = 0

tcpdump before patch (fooling the application):

22:33:36.306142 IP 192.168.1.114.41462 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 3879023686] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 3139201684]
22:33:36.316619 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.41462: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 3345394793] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 3380109591]
22:33:36.317600 IP 192.168.1.114.41462 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [ABORT]

tcpdump after patch:

14:28:58.884116 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 438593213] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 3092969729]
14:28:58.888414 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 381429855] [rwnd: 106496] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 2141904492]
14:28:58.888638 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [COOKIE ECHO] , (2) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969729] [...]
14:28:58.893278 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [COOKIE ACK] , (2) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969729] [a_rwnd 106491] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:58.893591 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969730] [...]
14:28:59.096963 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969730] [a_rwnd 106496] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:59.097086 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969731] [...] , (2) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3092969732] [...]
14:28:59.103218 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3092969732] [a_rwnd 106486] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
14:28:59.103330 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN]
14:28:59.107793 IP 192.168.1.115.8888 > 192.168.1.114.35846: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN ACK]
14:28:59.107890 IP 192.168.1.114.35846 > 192.168.1.115.8888: sctp (1) [SHUTDOWN COMPLETE]

Looks like this bug is from the pre-git history museum. ;)

Fixes: 08707d5482df ("lksctp-2_5_31-0_5_1.patch")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:52:20 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 33e9fcc666 tc: cls_bpf: rename bpf_len to bpf_num_ops
It was suggested by DaveM to change the name as "len" might indicate
unit bytes.

Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:51:10 -05:00
Jiri Pirko d23b8ad8ab tc: add BPF based action
This action provides a possibility to exec custom BPF code.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:51:10 -05:00
Roopa Prabhu 02dba4388d bridge: fix setlink/dellink notifications
problems with bridge getlink/setlink notifications today:
        - bridge setlink generates two notifications to userspace
                - one from the bridge driver
                - one from rtnetlink.c (rtnl_bridge_notify)
        - dellink generates one notification from rtnetlink.c. Which
	means bridge setlink and dellink notifications are not
	consistent

        - Looking at the code it appears,
	If both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF were set,
        the size calculation in rtnl_bridge_notify can be wrong.
        Example: if you set both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF
        in a setlink request to rocker dev, rtnl_bridge_notify will
	allocate skb for one set of bridge attributes, but,
	both the bridge driver and rocker dev will try to add
	attributes resulting in twice the number of attributes
	being added to the skb.  (rocker dev calls ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink)

There are multiple options:
1) Generate one notification including all attributes from master and self:
   But, I don't think it will work, because both master and self may use
   the same attributes/policy. Cannot pack the same set of attributes in a
   single notification from both master and slave (duplicate attributes).

2) Generate one notification from master and the other notification from
   self (This seems to be ideal):
     For master: the master driver will send notification (bridge in this
	example)
     For self: the self driver will send notification (rocker in the above
	example. It can use helpers from rtnetlink.c to do so. Like the
	ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink api).

This patch implements 2) (leaving the 'rtnl_bridge_notify' around to be used
with 'self').

v1->v2 :
	- rtnl_bridge_notify is now called only for self,
	so, remove 'BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF' check and cleanup a few things
	- rtnl_bridge_dellink used to always send a RTM_NEWLINK msg
	earlier. So, I have changed the notification from br_dellink to
	go as RTM_NEWLINK

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:49:51 -05:00
Johannes Berg ee1c244219 genetlink: synchronize socket closing and family removal
In addition to the problem Jeff Layton reported, I looked at the code
and reproduced the same warning by subscribing and removing the genl
family with a socket still open. This is a fairly tricky race which
originates in the fact that generic netlink allows the family to go
away while sockets are still open - unlike regular netlink which has
a module refcount for every open socket so in general this cannot be
triggered.

Trying to resolve this issue by the obvious locking isn't possible as
it will result in deadlocks between unregistration and group unbind
notification (which incidentally lockdep doesn't find due to the home
grown locking in the netlink table.)

To really resolve this, introduce a "closing socket" reference counter
(for generic netlink only, as it's the only affected family) in the
core netlink code and use that in generic netlink to wait for all the
sockets that are being closed at the same time as a generic netlink
family is removed.

This fixes the race that when a socket is closed, it will should call
the unbind, but if the family is removed at the same time the unbind
will not find it, leading to the warning. The real problem though is
that in this case the unbind could actually find a new family that is
registered to have a multicast group with the same ID, and call its
mcast_unbind() leading to confusing.

Also remove the warning since it would still trigger, but is now no
longer a problem.

This also moves the code in af_netlink.c to before unreferencing the
module to avoid having the same problem in the normal non-genl case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 17:04:25 -05:00
Johannes Berg 5ad6300524 genetlink: disallow subscribing to unknown mcast groups
Jeff Layton reported that he could trigger the multicast unbind warning
in generic netlink using trinity. I originally thought it was a race
condition between unregistering the generic netlink family and closing
the socket, but there's a far simpler explanation: genetlink currently
allows subscribing to groups that don't (yet) exist, and the warning is
triggered when unsubscribing again while the group still doesn't exist.

Originally, I had a warning in the subscribe case and accepted it out of
userspace API concerns, but the warning was of course wrong and removed
later.

However, I now think that allowing userspace to subscribe to groups that
don't exist is wrong and could possibly become a security problem:
Consider a (new) genetlink family implementing a permission check in
the mcast_bind() function similar to the like the audit code does today;
it would be possible to bypass the permission check by guessing the ID
and subscribing to the group it exists. This is only possible in case a
family like that would be dynamically loaded, but it doesn't seem like a
huge stretch, for example wireless may be loaded when you plug in a USB
device.

To avoid this reject such subscription attempts.

If this ends up causing userspace issues we may need to add a workaround
in af_netlink to deny such requests but not return an error.

Reported-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 17:04:24 -05:00
Johannes Berg 5700712122 cfg80211: fix checking nl80211_send_station() return value
The return value from nl80211_send_station() is the length of the
skb, or a negative error, so abort sending the message only when
the return value was negative.

This fixes the ibss_rsn wpa_supplicant test case.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-16 21:05:52 +01:00
Johannes Berg 5e06a9e8b6 mac80211: remove doubled semicolon
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-16 13:27:56 +01:00
Rickard Strandqvist 0026b6551b Bluetooth: Remove unused function
Remove the function hci_conn_change_link_key() that is not used anywhere.

This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called
cppcheck.

Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-16 13:06:38 +02:00
Herbert Xu 919d9db952 netlink: Fix netlink_insert EADDRINUSE error
The patch c5adde9468 ("netlink:
eliminate nl_sk_hash_lock") introduced a bug where the EADDRINUSE
error has been replaced by ENOMEM.  This patch rectifies that
problem.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 02:38:07 -05:00
Eric Dumazet ac64da0b83 net: rps: fix cpu unplug
softnet_data.input_pkt_queue is protected by a spinlock that
we must hold when transferring packets from victim queue to an active
one. This is because other cpus could still be trying to enqueue packets
into victim queue.

A second problem is that when we transfert the NAPI poll_list from
victim to current cpu, we absolutely need to special case the percpu
backlog, because we do not want to add complex locking to protect
process_queue : Only owner cpu is allowed to manipulate it, unless cpu
is offline.

Based on initial patch from Prasad Sodagudi & Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.

This version is better because we do not slow down packet processing,
only make migration safer.

Reported-by: Prasad Sodagudi <psodagud@codeaurora.org>
Reported-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 01:02:42 -05:00
Willem de Bruijn f812116b17 ip: zero sockaddr returned on error queue
The sockaddr is returned in IP(V6)_RECVERR as part of errhdr. That
structure is defined and allocated on the stack as

    struct {
            struct sock_extended_err ee;
            struct sockaddr_in(6)    offender;
    } errhdr;

The second part is only initialized for certain SO_EE_ORIGIN values.
Always initialize it completely.

An MTU exceeded error on a SOCK_RAW/IPPROTO_RAW is one example that
would return uninitialized bytes.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>

----

Also verified that there is no padding between errhdr.ee and
errhdr.offender that could leak additional kernel data.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 19:41:16 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 12d872511c bridge: use MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX for maxtype in nlmsg_parse()
This is just a cleanup, because in the current code MDBA_SET_ENTRY_MAX ==
MDBA_SET_ENTRY.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 19:37:20 -05:00
David S. Miller aaef66b837 Just two fixes - one for an uninialized variable and
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUt7Z6AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrgxoQALEEWcIJ1wmu+M7ijdiXLiUM
 vRNuxGENwIgfdmoTs6R7pgKhEYFzePWccjHOzt9cQB5efdRzDjrxj2fDrPf4o5JB
 7of2uHGoaD2RI2H+pJS1URT8igmxDJii+bOEzHn/WL730Hgr2J2iuJizxZ2lzsVM
 VKkiwOykV3kfN5MGsj7yvJQXR32DlGfmiT86+3bjNhE8hgU38NgE0TeUUnyF0AS9
 jLV5mpJfkLmZyZmnvszV5tiqQQmQAdHImI+vbHuhzNUUAn6RLswxbWBzUrLXpXqu
 5KBR2P/6TU4X89NcYGm+JhTI9PghsMbh1zDuqDQ9gq8j0mrV7Kzh1K6LdYoVpfXf
 s42gHe32+Mh0l6LRTlsjftMxJbFla7I6madPcVTqJCV2y1LocD1BseJ+qX5bngU1
 lBSSbzE9MlAl5gyHVDh1CAV+8FM0CP8Ff3WtAyr8XtDxfAUwmo3xBqmL8pvLq6nh
 49kDqDVOzC5KzASYIjqBwmRMcqW2AnaNQG64iIOzM3ure/l5trncPHHPsMkxgwu+
 dDgEXwjWhJNaxWt7fcTSZndATLCRvkeb6ZeRoqmY6A2GJgzpUIhm6HETXc9BNGbg
 3J56176xx04LYg6U5+vMiU5A+gFjlrUknQ3MGXF0KPgw0MvtSyempobV68Lpul4r
 6DviuT9NiRqxloaBimyx
 =bMKg
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Just two fixes - one for an uninialized variable and
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 19:28:36 -05:00
David S. Miller 27f097177d Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
  * a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
    way newer Intel devices handle this
  * a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
    an AP instead of trying to wait for them
  * a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
    to not kick in too much for performance reasons
  * improvements in wireless link statistics
  * many other small improvements and small fixes that
    didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
    is testing only code)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUt7WEAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrVBoP/2EViE62HMmXdqG1SZWz8q9o
 Iigq8STC/sT2WCx1pYm+tKuVW4LD2O3mCriGNP8A3RwzDZ6H7sKJYb1gV6QCPV6f
 4+yT5VSAB3D3lHmp/bbyNsmKCBQ5uS4LVgDrokrkbGpacDu94PYS5Wv9t3x6PBVB
 5Xjky6g6A/pSuxTIstSO9k5xkzNjaB1TxvVRz/gJrGcFQVkDFSlVbuTHUVxs8p+p
 k6mwY/2WYijZkswWZVQTJLQlF9vRI7PYkKs5m8gz4pjNU48oFJoyu4IP3Z1Xj/Sm
 zgT1C9rgp0Du74HYO2niGAvLWgKajAZuW5hIacDndUPjYQQBLgGs/bCJGSntM+x9
 XoOdPixdFPT/58ijyYZlmHc8rxPOd2kHsVbwGplp8f195S4VO04D+ejfOaoAUFwX
 v/kMvO3XIFmEH1jjkDAC3OTcRMYVMuENyWl7pFzxHIzPeRiEpQUd9iSdM4yol0F2
 ZyWvKud4U75Sh+aCiDIIBETtdfCRFe12hgKs4COYbI/UYkGPTPrNei/uisopdubT
 JC+7pZOYdSgoX12yVi6ds6DmKE/ZpIQyhIK4wTWgVoszbnfdb9Mw7mJEThwNRjeK
 JJPsbuty7u8HWjXzEqHLoTV3BFv1cgRSJc5Wt0zfME+LzD7iQpEpv+QBAguwwChD
 Osn55Z3FnKEmBdGcOIje
 =vaEW
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Here's a big pile of changes for this round.

We have
 * a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
   way newer Intel devices handle this
 * a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
   an AP instead of trying to wait for them
 * a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
   to not kick in too much for performance reasons
 * improvements in wireless link statistics
 * many other small improvements and small fixes that
   didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
   is testing only code)

Conflicts:
	drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c

Minor overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 19:16:56 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 5055c371bf ipv4: per cpu uncached list
RAW sockets with hdrinc suffer from contention on rt_uncached_lock
spinlock.

One solution is to use percpu lists, since most routes are destroyed
by the cpu that created them.

It is unclear why we even have to put these routes in uncached_list,
as all outgoing packets should be freed when a device is dismantled.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: caacf05e5a ("ipv4: Properly purge netdev references on uncached routes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 18:26:16 -05:00
Johannes Berg b51f3beecf cfg80211: change bandwidth reporting to explicit field
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.

Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.

While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.

In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 22:41:32 +01:00
Chuck Lever a97c331f9a svcrdma: Handle additional inline content
Most NFS RPCs place their large payload argument at the end of the
RPC header (eg, NFSv3 WRITE). For NFSv3 WRITE and SYMLINK, RPC/RDMA
sends the complete RPC header inline, and the payload argument in
the read list. Data in the read list is the last part of the XDR
stream.

One important case is not like this, however. NFSv4 COMPOUND is a
counted array of operations. A WRITE operation, with its large data
payload, can appear in the middle of the compound's operations
array. Thus NFSv4 WRITE compounds can have header content after the
WRITE payload.

The Linux client, for example, performs an NFSv4 WRITE like this:

  { PUTFH, WRITE, GETATTR }

Though RFC 5667 is not precise about this, the proper way to convey
this compound is to place the GETATTR inline, _after_ the front of
the RPC header. The receiver inserts the read list payload into the
XDR stream after the initial WRITE arguments, and before the GETATTR
operation, thanks to the value of the read list "position" field.

The Linux client currently sends the GETATTR at the end of the
RPC/RDMA read list, which is incorrect. It will be corrected in the
future.

The Linux server currently rejects NFSv4 compounds with inline
content after the read list. For the above NFSv4 WRITE compound, the
NFS compound header indicates there are three operations, but the
server finds nonsense when it looks in the XDR stream for the third
operation, and the compound fails with OP_ILLEGAL.

Move trailing inline content to the end of the XDR buffer's page
list. This presents incoming NFSv4 WRITE compounds to NFSD in the
same way the socket transport does.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:49 -05:00
Chuck Lever fcbeced5b4 svcrdma: Move read list XDR round-up logic
This is a pre-requisite for a subsequent patch.

Read list XDR round-up needs to be done _before_ additional inline
content is copied to the end of the XDR buffer's page list. Move
the logic added by commit e560e3b510 ("svcrdma: Add zero padding
if the client doesn't send it").

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:48 -05:00
Chuck Lever 0b056c224b svcrdma: Support RDMA_NOMSG requests
Currently the Linux server can not decode RDMA_NOMSG type requests.
Operations whose length exceeds the fixed size of RDMA SEND buffers,
like large NFSv4 CREATE(NF4LNK) operations, must be conveyed via
RDMA_NOMSG.

For an RDMA_MSG type request, the client sends the RPC/RDMA, RPC
headers, and some or all of the NFS arguments via RDMA SEND.

For an RDMA_NOMSG type request, the client sends just the RPC/RDMA
header via RDMA SEND. The request's read list contains elements for
the entire RPC message, including the RPC header.

NFSD expects the RPC/RMDA header and RPC header to be contiguous in
page zero of the XDR buffer. Add logic in the RDMA READ path to make
the read list contents land where the server prefers, when the
incoming message is a type RDMA_NOMSG message.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:47 -05:00
Chuck Lever 61edbcb7c7 svcrdma: rc_position sanity checking
An RPC/RDMA client may send large RPC arguments via a read
list. This is a list of scatter/gather elements which convey
RPC call arguments too large to fit in a small RDMA SEND.

Each entry in the read list has a "position" field, whose value is
the byte offset in the XDR stream where the data in that entry is to
be inserted. Entries which share the same "position" value make up
the same RPC argument. The receiver inserts entries with the same
position field value in list order into the XDR stream.

Currently the Linux NFS/RDMA server cannot handle receiving read
chunks in more than one position, mostly because no current client
sends read lists with elements in more than one position. As a
sanity check, ensure that all received chunks have the same
"rc_position."

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:47 -05:00
Chuck Lever e54524111f svcrdma: Plant reader function in struct svcxprt_rdma
The RDMA reader function doesn't change once an svcxprt_rdma is
instantiated. Instead of checking sc_devcap during every incoming
RPC, set the reader function once when the connection is accepted.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:46 -05:00
Chuck Lever e5523bd281 svcrdma: Find rmsgp more reliably
xdr_start() can return the wrong rmsgp address if an assumption
about how the xdr_buf was constructed changes.  When it gets it
wrong, the client receives a reply that has gibberish in the
RPC/RDMA header, preventing it from matching a waiting RPC request.

Instead, make (and document) just one assumption: that the RDMA
header for the client's RPC call is at the start of the first page
in rq_pages.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:45 -05:00
Chuck Lever 3fe04ee9f9 svcrdma: Scrub BUG_ON() and WARN_ON() call sites
Current convention is to avoid using BUG_ON() in places where an
oops could cause complete system failure.

Replace BUG_ON() call sites in svcrdma with an assertion error
message and allow execution to continue safely.

Some BUG_ON() calls are removed because they have never fired in
production (that we are aware of).

Some WARN_ON() calls are also replaced where a back trace is not
helpful; e.g., in a workqueue task.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:45 -05:00
Chuck Lever 2397aa8b51 svcrdma: Clean up read chunk counting
The byte_count argument is not used, and the function is called
only from one place.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:44 -05:00
Chuck Lever 83f2bedfc6 svcrdma: Remove unused variable
Nit: remove an unused variable to squelch a compiler warning.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:43 -05:00
Chuck Lever 597561bf6a svcrdma: Clean up dprintk
Nit: Fix inconsistent white space in dprintk messages.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-15 15:01:43 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 2b8df32395 Bluetooth: Add paranoid check for existing LE and BR/EDR SMP channels
When the SMP channels have been already registered, then print out a
clear WARN_ON message that something went wrong. Also unregister the
existing channels in this case before trying to register new ones.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 21:59:38 +02:00
Nicolas Dichtel 7eb35b1483 socket: use iov_length()
Better to use available helpers.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 13:56:15 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 327a71910c Bluetooth: Fix lookup of fixed channels by local bdaddr
The comparing of chan->src should always be done against the local
identity address, represented by hcon->src and hcon->src_type. This
patch modifies l2cap_global_fixed_chan() to take the full hci_conn so
that we can easily compare against hcon->src and hcon->src_type.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-15 16:54:14 +01:00
Johan Hedberg a250e048a7 Bluetooth: Add helpers for src/dst bdaddr type conversion
The current bdaddr_type() usage in l2cap_core.c is a bit funny in that
it's always passed a hci_conn + a hci_conn member. Because of this only
the hci_conn is really needed. Since the second parameter is always
either hcon->src_type or hcon->dst type this patch adds two helper
functions for each purpose: bdaddr_src_type() and bdaddr_dst_type().

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-15 16:54:14 +01:00
Johannes Berg 97d910d0aa cfg80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.

In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 16:05:21 +01:00
Johannes Berg f89903d53f mac80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec,
so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver
uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove
them.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 16:02:46 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 162a3bac8d Bluetooth: Bind the SMP channel registration to management power state
When the controller gets powered on via the management interface, then
register the supported SMP channels. There is no point in registering
these channels earlier since it is not know what identity address the
controller is going to operate with.

When powering down a controller unregister all SMP channels. This is
required since a powered down controller is allowed to change its
identity address.

In addition the SMP channels are only available when the controller
is powered via the management interface. When using legacy ioctl, then
Bluetooth Low Energy is not supported and registering kernel side SMP
integration may actually cause confusion.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 12:54:31 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 7e7ec44564 Bluetooth: Don't register any SMP channel if LE is not supported
When LE features are not supported, then do not bother registering any
kind of SMP channel.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 12:54:30 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 157029ba30 Bluetooth: Fix LE SMP channel source address and source address type
The source address and source address type of the LE SMP channel can
either be the public address of the controller or the static random
address configured by the host.

Right now the public address is used for the LE SMP channel and
obviously that is not correct if the controller operates with the
configured static random address.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 12:54:30 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 111e4bccd1 Bluetooth: Fix issue with switching BR/EDR back on when disabled
For dual-mode controllers it is possible to disable BR/EDR and operate
as LE single mode controllers with a static random address. If that is
the case, then refuse switching BR/EDR back on after the controller has
been powered.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 10:27:47 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann eeb5a067d1 Bluetooth: Show device address type for L2CAP debugfs entries
The devices address types are BR/EDR Public, LE Public and LE Random and
any of these three is valid for L2CAP connections. So show the correct
type in the debugfs list.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 10:23:47 +02:00
David S. Miller 4e7a84b1a5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains netfilter updates for net-next, just a
bunch of cleanups and small enhancement to selectively flush conntracks
in ctnetlink, more specifically the patches are:

1) Rise default number of buckets in conntrack from 16384 to 65536 in
   systems with >= 4GBytes, patch from Marcelo Leitner.

2) Small refactor to save one level on indentation in xt_osf, from
   Joe Perches.

3) Remove unnecessary sizeof(char) in nf_log, from Fabian Frederick.

4) Another small cleanup to remove redundant variable in nfnetlink,
   from Duan Jiong.

5) Fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_cthelper on parisc, from
   Chen Gang.

6) Fix wrong format in debugging for ctseqadj, from Gao feng.

7) Selective conntrack flushing through the mark for ctnetlink, patch
   from Kristian Evensen.

8) Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() exported symbol now that is
   not required anymore after the selective flushing patch, again from
   Kristian.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:50:25 -05:00
Thomas Graf 1dd144cf5b openvswitch: Support VXLAN Group Policy extension
Introduces support for the group policy extension to the VXLAN virtual
port. The extension is disabled by default and only enabled if the user
has provided the respective configuration.

  ovs-vsctl add-port br0 vxlan0 -- \
     set Interface vxlan0 type=vxlan options:exts=gbp

The configuration interface to enable the extension is based on a new
attribute OVS_VXLAN_EXT_GBP nested inside OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_EXTENSION
which can carry additional extensions as needed in the future.

The group policy metadata is stored as binary blob (struct ovs_vxlan_opts)
internally just like Geneve options but transported as nested Netlink
attributes to user space.

Renames the existing TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT to TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT with the
binary value kept intact, a new flag TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT is introduced.

The attributes OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS and existing
OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS are implemented mutually exclusive.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf 81bfe3c3cf openvswitch: Allow for any level of nesting in flow attributes
nlattr_set() is currently hardcoded to two levels of nesting. This change
introduces struct ovs_len_tbl to define minimal length requirements plus
next level nesting tables to traverse the key attributes to arbitrary depth.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf d91641d9b5 openvswitch: Rename GENEVE_TUN_OPTS() to TUN_METADATA_OPTS()
Also factors out Geneve validation code into a new separate function
validate_and_copy_geneve_opts().

A subsequent patch will introduce VXLAN options. Rename the existing
GENEVE_TUN_OPTS() to reflect its extended purpose of carrying generic
tunnel metadata options.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf 3511494ce2 vxlan: Group Policy extension
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.

The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.

SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels.  However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.

           Host 1:                       Host 2:

      Group A        Group B        Group B     Group A
      +-----+   +-------------+    +-------+   +-----+
      | lxc |   | SELinux CTX |    | httpd |   | VM  |
      +--+--+   +--+----------+    +---+---+   +--+--+
	  \---+---/                     \----+---/
	      |                              |
	  +---+---+                      +---+---+
	  | vxlan |                      | vxlan |
	  +---+---+                      +---+---+
	      +------------------------------+

Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP  frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:

   ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp

In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.

Examples:
 iptables:
  host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
  host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP

 OVS:
  # ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
  # ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'

[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
David S. Miller 3f3558bb51 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/xen-netfront.c

Minor overlapping changes in xen-netfront.c, mostly to do
with some buffer management changes alongside the split
of stats into TX and RX.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 00:53:17 -05:00
Linus Torvalds a6391a924c Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Don't use uninitialized data in IPVS, from Dan Carpenter.

 2) conntrack race fixes from Pablo Neira Ayuso.

 3) Fix TX hangs with i40e, from Jesse Brandeburg.

 4) Fix budget return from poll calls in dnet and alx, from Eric
    Dumazet.

 5) Fix bugus "if (unlikely(x) < 0)" test in AF_PACKET, from Christoph
    Jaeger.

 6) Fix bug introduced by conversion to list_head in TIPC retransmit
    code, from Jon Paul Maloy.

 7) Don't use GFP_NOIO under spinlock in USB kaweth driver, from Alexey
    Khoroshilov.

 8) Fix bridge build with INET disabled, from Arnd Bergmann.

 9) Fix netlink array overrun for PROBE attributes in openvswitch, from
    Thomas Graf.

10) Don't hold spinlock across synchronize_irq() in tg3 driver, from
    Prashant Sreedharan.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
  tg3: Release tp->lock before invoking synchronize_irq()
  tg3: tg3_reset_task() needs to use rtnl_lock to synchronize
  tg3: tg3_timer() should grab tp->lock before checking for tp->irq_sync
  team: avoid possible underflow of count_pending value for notify_peers and mcast_rejoin
  openvswitch: packet messages need their own probe attribtue
  i40e: adds FCoE configure option
  cxgb4vf: Fix queue allocation for 40G adapter
  netdevice: Add missing parentheses in macro
  bridge: only provide proxy ARP when CONFIG_INET is enabled
  neighbour: fix base_reachable_time(_ms) not effective immediatly when changed
  net: fec: fix MDIO bus assignement for dual fec SoC's
  xen-netfront: use different locks for Rx and Tx stats
  drivers: net: cpsw: fix multicast flush in dual emac mode
  cxgb4vf: Initialize mdio_addr before using it
  net: Corrected the comment describing the ndo operations to reflect the actual prototype for couple of operations
  usb/kaweth: use GFP_ATOMIC under spin_lock in usb_start_wait_urb()
  MAINTAINERS: add me as ibmveth maintainer
  tipc: fix bug in broadcast retransmit code
  update ip-sysctl.txt documentation (v2)
  net/at91_ether: prepare and unprepare clock
  ...
2015-01-15 11:17:37 +13:00
Thomas Graf 1ba398041f openvswitch: packet messages need their own probe attribtue
User space is currently sending a OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE for both flow
and packet messages. This leads to an out-of-bounds access in
ovs_packet_cmd_execute() because OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE >
OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX.

Introduce a new OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PROBE with the same numeric value
as OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE to grow the range of accepted packet attributes
while maintaining to be binary compatible with existing OVS binaries.

Fixes: 05da589 ("openvswitch: Add support for OVS_FLOW_ATTR_PROBE.")
Reported-by: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Tracked-down-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 16:49:44 -05:00
Jukka Rissanen 7b2ed60ed4 Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Remove PSM setting code
Removing PSM setting debugfs interface as the IPSP has a well
defined PSM value that should be used.

The patch introduces enable flag that can be used to toggle
6lowpan on/off.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-14 22:48:13 +01:00
Johan Hedberg e12af489b9 Bluetooth: Fix valid Identity Address check
According to the Bluetooth core specification valid identity addresses
are either Public Device Addresses or Static Random Addresses. IRKs
received with any other type of address should be discarded since we
cannot assume to know the permanent identity of the peer device.

This patch fixes a missing check for the Identity Address when receiving
the Identity Address Information SMP PDU.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
2015-01-14 22:48:06 +01:00
zhuyj 9a6b4b392d ipv6:icmp:remove unnecessary brackets
There are too many brackets. Maybe only one bracket is enough.

Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 16:35:49 -05:00
Fan Du 3f4c1d87af openvswitch: Introduce ovs_tunnel_route_lookup
Introduce ovs_tunnel_route_lookup to consolidate route lookup
shared by vxlan, gre, and geneve ports.

Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 16:32:06 -05:00
Tom Herbert a2b12f3c7a udp: pass udp_offload struct to UDP gro callbacks
This patch introduces udp_offload_callbacks which has the same
GRO functions (but not a GSO function) as offload_callbacks,
except there is an argument to a udp_offload struct passed to
gro_receive and gro_complete functions. This additional argument
can be used to retrieve the per port structure of the encapsulation
for use in gro processing (mostly by doing container_of on the
structure).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 15:20:04 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann d92cfdbbea bridge: only provide proxy ARP when CONFIG_INET is enabled
When IPV4 support is disabled, we cannot call arp_send from
the bridge code, which would result in a kernel link error:

net/built-in.o: In function `br_handle_frame_finish':
:(.text+0x59914): undefined reference to `arp_send'
:(.text+0x59a50): undefined reference to `arp_tbl'

This makes the newly added proxy ARP support in the bridge
code depend on the CONFIG_INET symbol and lets the compiler
optimize the code out to avoid the link error.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 958501163d ("bridge: Add support for IEEE 802.11 Proxy ARP")
Cc: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 15:08:02 -05:00
Gowtham Anandha Babu 36c269cecf Bluetooth: Remove dead code
Variable 'controller' is assigned a value that is never used.
Identified by cppcheck tool.

Signed-off-by: Gowtham Anandha Babu <gowtham.ab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 11:16:17 +02:00
Luciano Coelho 75453ccb61 nl80211: send netdetect configuration info in NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN
Send the netdetect configuration information in the response to
NL8021_CMD_GET_WOWLAN commands.  This includes the scan interval,
SSIDs to match and frequencies to scan.

Additionally, add the NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT with
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:45:17 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov ef51fb1d1c cfg80211: avoid reg-hints in self-managed only systems
When a system contains only self-managed regulatory devices all hints
from the regulatory core are ignored. Stop hint processing early in this
case. These systems usually don't have CRDA deployed, which results in
endless (irrelevent) logs of the form:
cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain

Make sure there's at least one self-managed device before discarding a
hint, in order to prevent initial hints from disappearing on CRDA
managed systems.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:43:44 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 2c3e861c94 cfg80211: introduce sync regdom set API for self-managed
A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously.
Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose
a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:43:44 +01:00
Eliad Peller 2726f23d2d mac80211: don't defer scans in case of radar detection
Radar detection can last indefinite time. There is no
point in deferring a scan request in this case - simply
return -EBUSY.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:37:07 +01:00
Eliad Peller e7f2337ae7 mac80211: consider only relevant vifs for radar_required calculation
ctx->conf.radar_enabled should reflect whether radar
detection is enabled for the channel context.

When calculating it, make it consider only the vifs
that have this context assigned (instead of all the
vifs).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:37:06 +01:00
Eliad Peller 5cbc95a749 mac80211: remove local->radar_detect_enabled
local->radar_detect_enabled should tell whether
radar_detect is enabled on any interface belonging
to local.

However, it's not getting updated correctly
in many cases (actually, when testing with hwsim
it's never been set, even when the dfs master
is beaconing).

Instead of handling all the corner cases
(e.g. channel switch), simply check whether
radar detection is enabled only when needed,
instead of caching the result.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:37:06 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 50075892ba mac80211: add TDLS supported channels correctly
The function adding the supported channels IE during a TDLS connection had
several issues:
1. If the entire subband is usable, the function exitted the loop without
   adding it
2. The function only checked chandef_usable, ignoring flags like RADAR
   which would prevent TDLS off-channel communcation.
3. HT20 was explicitly required in the chandef, while not a requirement
   for TDLS off-channel.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:34:33 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach 3b24f4c653 mac80211: let flush() drop packets when possible
When roaming / suspending, it makes no sense to wait until
the transmit queues of the device are empty. In extreme
condition they can be starved (VO saturating the air), but
even in regular cases, it is pointless to delay the roaming
because the low level driver is trying to send packets to
an AP which is far away. We'd rather drop these packets and
let TCP retransmit if needed. This will allow to speed up
the roaming.

For suspend, the explanation is even more trivial.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:31:18 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 5ced24644b Bluetooth: Use %llu for printing duration details of selftests
The duration variable for the selftests is unsigned long long and with
that use %llu instead of %lld when printing the results.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 10:02:45 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 36f260ceff Bluetooth: Move Delete Stored Link Key to 4th phase of initialization
This moves the execution of Delete Stored Link Key command to the
hci_init4_req phase. No actual code has been changed. The command
is just executed at a later stage of the initialization.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 10:02:21 +02:00
Jean-Francois Remy 4bf6980dd0 neighbour: fix base_reachable_time(_ms) not effective immediatly when changed
When setting base_reachable_time or base_reachable_time_ms on a
specific interface through sysctl or netlink, the reachable_time
value is not updated.

This means that neighbour entries will continue to be updated using the
old value until it is recomputed in neigh_period_work (which
    recomputes the value every 300*HZ).
On systems with HZ equal to 1000 for instance, it means 5mins before
the change is effective.

This patch changes this behavior by recomputing reachable_time after
each set on base_reachable_time or base_reachable_time_ms.
The new value will become effective the next time the neighbour's timer
is triggered.

Changes are made in two places: the netlink code for set and the sysctl
handling code. For sysctl, I use a proc_handler. The ipv6 network
code does provide its own handler but it already refreshes
reachable_time correctly so it's not an issue.
Any other user of neighbour which provide its own handlers must
refresh reachable_time.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Francois Remy <jeff@melix.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 00:28:00 -05:00
Jiri Pirko df8a39defa net: rename vlan_tx_* helpers since "tx" is misleading there
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 17:51:08 -05:00
Jiri Pirko d8b9605d26 net: sched: fix skb->protocol use in case of accelerated vlan path
tc code implicitly considers skb->protocol even in case of accelerated
vlan paths and expects vlan protocol type here. However, on rx path,
if the vlan header was already stripped, skb->protocol contains value
of next header. Similar situation is on tx path.

So for skbs that use skb->vlan_tci for tagging, use skb->vlan_proto instead.

Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 17:51:08 -05:00
Sasha Levin 357c4774b5 tipc: correctly handle releasing a not fully initialized sock
Commit f2f9800d49 "tipc: make tipc node table aware of net
namespace" has added a dereference of sock->sk before making sure it's
not NULL, which makes releasing a tipc socket NULL pointer dereference
for sockets that are not fully initialized.

Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 17:26:27 -05:00
Ying Xue 3721e9c7c1 tipc: remove redundant timer defined in tipc_sock struct
Remove the redundant timer defined in tipc_sock structure, instead we
can directly reuse the sk_timer defined in sock structure.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 16:45:55 -05:00
Roopa Prabhu 0fe6de4903 bridge: fix uninitialized variable warning
net/bridge/br_netlink.c: In function ‘br_fill_ifinfo’:
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:146:32: warning: ‘vid_range_flags’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
  err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range(skb, vid_range_start,
                                ^
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:108:6: note: ‘vid_range_flags’ was declared here
  u16 vid_range_flags;

Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 16:39:36 -05:00
Syam Sidhardhan a440edf1fc openvswitch: Remove unnecessary version.h inclusion
version.h inclusion is not necessary as detected by versioncheck.

Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 14:31:41 -05:00
Sébastien Barré 08abdffa1c tcp: avoid reducing cwnd when ACK+DSACK is received
With TLP, the peer may reply to a probe with an
ACK+D-SACK, with ack value set to tlp_high_seq. In the current code,
such ACK+DSACK will be missed and only at next, higher ack will the TLP
episode be considered done. Since the DSACK is not present anymore,
this will cost a cwnd reduction.

This patch ensures that this scenario does not cause a cwnd reduction, since
receiving an ACK+DSACK indicates that both the initial segment and the probe
have been received by the peer.

The following packetdrill test, from Neal Cardwell, validates this patch:

// Establish a connection.
0     socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0     setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0    bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0    listen(3, 1) = 0

+0    < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1000,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
+0    > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 6>
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
+0    accept(3, ..., ...) = 4

// Send 1 packet.
+0    write(4, ..., 1000) = 1000
+0    > P. 1:1001(1000) ack 1

// Loss probe retransmission.
// packets_out == 1 => schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms)
// In this case, this means: 1.5*RTT + 200ms = 230ms
+.230 > P. 1:1001(1000) ack 1
+0    %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10 }%

// Receiver ACKs at tlp_high_seq with a DSACK,
// indicating they received the original packet and probe.
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 1001 win 257 <sack 1:1001,nop,nop>
+0    %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10 }%

// Send another packet.
+0    write(4, ..., 1000) = 1000
+0    > P. 1001:2001(1000) ack 1

// Receiver ACKs above tlp_high_seq, which should end the TLP episode
// if we haven't already. We should not reduce cwnd.
+.020 < . 1:1(0) ack 2001 win 257
+0    %{ assert tcpi_snd_cwnd == 10, tcpi_snd_cwnd }%

Credits:
-Gregory helped in finding that tcp_process_tlp_ack was where the cwnd
got reduced in our MPTCP tests.
-Neal wrote the packetdrill test above
-Yuchung reworked the patch to make it more readable.

Cc: Gregory Detal <gregory.detal@uclouvain.be>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Barré <sebastien.barre@uclouvain.be>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 14:22:02 -05:00
Ying Xue c5adde9468 netlink: eliminate nl_sk_hash_lock
As rhashtable_lookup_compare_insert() can guarantee the process
of search and insertion is atomic, it's safe to eliminate the
nl_sk_hash_lock. After this, object insertion or removal will
be protected with per bucket lock on write side while object
lookup is guarded with rcu read lock on read side.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 14:01:00 -05:00
Pankaj Gupta 1059590254 net: allow large number of rx queues
netif_alloc_rx_queues() uses kcalloc() to allocate memory
for "struct netdev_queue *_rx" array.
If we are doing large rx queue allocation kcalloc() might
fail, so this patch does a fallback to vzalloc().
Similar implementation is done for tx queue allocation in
netif_alloc_netdev_queues().

We avoid failure of high order memory allocation
with the help of vzalloc(), this allows us to do large
rx and tx queue allocation which in turn helps us to
increase the number of queues in tun.

As vmalloc() adds overhead on a critical network path,
__GFP_REPEAT flag is used with kzalloc() to do this fallback
only when really needed.

Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <dgibson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 17:05:05 -05:00
Rickard Strandqvist ddcde70cbf net: sched: sch_teql: Remove unused function
Remove the function teql_neigh_release() that is not used anywhere.

This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.

Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:50:46 -05:00
Rickard Strandqvist 83400b990c net: xfrm: xfrm_algo: Remove unused function
Remove the function aead_entries() that is not used anywhere.

This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.

Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:50:46 -05:00
Roopa Prabhu 36cd0ffbab bridge: new function to pack vlans into ranges during gets
This patch adds new function to pack vlans into ranges
whereever applicable using the flags BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN
and BRIDGE VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END

Old vlan packing code is moved to a new function and continues to be
called when filter_mask is RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN.

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:47:05 -05:00
Roopa Prabhu bdced7ef78 bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests
This patch changes bridge IFLA_AF_SPEC netlink attribute parser to
look for more than one IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO attribute. This allows
userspace to pack more than one vlan in the setlink msg.

The dumps were already sending more than one vlan info in the getlink msg.

This patch also adds bridge_vlan_info flags BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN and
BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END to indicate start and end of vlan range

This patch also deletes unused ifla_br_policy.

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:47:04 -05:00
Ying Xue d49e204161 tipc: make netlink support net namespace
Currently tipc module only allows users sitting on "init_net" namespace
to configure it through netlink interface. But now almost each tipc
component is able to be aware of net namespace, so it's time to open
the permission for users residing in other namespaces, allowing them
to configure their own tipc stack instance through netlink interface.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:34 -05:00
Ying Xue bafa29e341 tipc: make tipc random value aware of net namespace
After namespace is supported, each namespace should own its private
random value. So the global variable representing the random value
must be moved to tipc_net structure.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue a62fbccecd tipc: make subscriber server support net namespace
TIPC establishes one subscriber server which allows users to subscribe
their interesting name service status. After tipc supports namespace,
one dedicated tipc stack instance is created for each namespace, and
each instance can be deemed as one independent TIPC node. As a result,
subscriber server must be built for each namespace.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue 3474753954 tipc: make tipc node address support net namespace
If net namespace is supported in tipc, each namespace will be treated
as a separate tipc node. Therefore, every namespace must own its
private tipc node address. This means the "tipc_own_addr" global
variable of node address must be moved to tipc_net structure to
satisfy the requirement. It's turned out that users also can assign
node address for every namespace.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue 4ac1c8d0ee tipc: name tipc name table support net namespace
TIPC name table is used to store the mapping relationship between
TIPC service name and socket port ID. When tipc supports namespace,
it allows users to publish service names only owned by a certain
namespace. Therefore, every namespace must have its private name
table to prevent service names published to one namespace from being
contaminated by other service names in another namespace. Therefore,
The name table global variable (ie, nametbl) and its lock must be
moved to tipc_net structure, and a parameter of namespace must be
added for necessary functions so that they can obtain name table
variable defined in tipc_net structure.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue e05b31f4bf tipc: make tipc socket support net namespace
Now tipc socket table is statically allocated as a global variable.
Through it, we can look up one socket instance with port ID, insert
a new socket instance to the table, and delete a socket from the
table. But when tipc supports net namespace, each namespace must own
its specific socket table. So the global variable of socket table
must be redefined in tipc_net structure. As a concequence, a new
socket table will be allocated when a new namespace is created, and
a socket table will be deallocated when namespace is destroyed.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue 1da465683a tipc: make tipc broadcast link support net namespace
TIPC broadcast link is statically established and its relevant states
are maintained with the global variables: "bcbearer", "bclink" and
"bcl". Allowing different namespace to own different broadcast link
instances, these variables must be moved to tipc_net structure and
broadcast link instances would be allocated and initialized when
namespace is created.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:33 -05:00
Ying Xue 7f9f95d9d9 tipc: make bearer list support net namespace
Bearer list defined as a global variable is used to store bearer
instances. When tipc supports net namespace, bearers created in
one namespace must be isolated with others allocated in other
namespaces, which requires us that the bearer list(bearer_list)
must be moved to tipc_net structure. As a result, a net namespace
pointer has to be passed to functions which access the bearer list.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:32 -05:00
Ying Xue f2f9800d49 tipc: make tipc node table aware of net namespace
Global variables associated with node table are below:
- node table list (node_htable)
- node hash table list (tipc_node_list)
- node table lock (node_list_lock)
- node number counter (tipc_num_nodes)
- node link number counter (tipc_num_links)

To make node table support namespace, above global variables must be
moved to tipc_net structure in order to keep secret for different
namespaces. As a consequence, these variables are allocated and
initialized when namespace is created, and deallocated when namespace
is destroyed. After the change, functions associated with these
variables have to utilize a namespace pointer to access them. So
adding namespace pointer as a parameter of these functions is the
major change made in the commit.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:32 -05:00
Ying Xue c93d3baa24 tipc: involve namespace infrastructure
Involve namespace infrastructure, make the "tipc_net_id" global
variable aware of per namespace, and rename it to "net_id". In
order that the conversion can be successfully done, an instance
of networking namespace must be passed to relevant functions,
allowing them to access the "net_id" variable of per namespace.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:32 -05:00
Ying Xue 54fef04ad0 tipc: remove unused tipc_link_get_max_pkt routine
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:32 -05:00
Ying Xue f2f2a96a20 tipc: feed tipc sock pointer to tipc_sk_timeout routine
In order to make tipc socket table aware of namespace, a networking
namespace instance must be passed to tipc_sk_lookup(), allowing it
to look up tipc socket instance with a given port ID from a concrete
socket table. However, as now tipc_sk_timeout() only has one port ID
parameter and is not namespace aware, it's unable to obtain a correct
socket instance through tipc_sk_lookup() just with a port ID,
especially after namespace is completely supported.

If port ID is replaced with socket instance as tipc_sk_timeout()'s
parameter, it's unnecessary to look up socket table. But as the timer
handler - tipc_sk_timeout() is run asynchronously, socket reference
must be held before its timer is launched, and must be carefully
checked to identify whether the socket reference needs to be put or
not when its timer is terminated.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:32 -05:00
Ying Xue 859fc7c0ce tipc: cleanup core.c and core.h files
Only the works of initializing and shutting down tipc module are done
in core.h and core.c files, so all stuffs which are not closely
associated with the two tasks should be moved to appropriate places.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:31 -05:00
Ying Xue 2f55c43788 tipc: remove unnecessary wrapper functions of kernel timer APIs
Not only some wrapper function like k_term_timer() is empty, but also
some others including k_start_timer() and k_cancel_timer() don't return
back any value to its caller, what's more, there is no any component
in the kernel world to do such thing. Therefore, these timer interfaces
defined in tipc module should be purged.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:31 -05:00
Ying Xue 6b8326ed14 tipc: remove tipc_core_start/stop routines
Remove redundant wrapper functions like tipc_core_start() and
tipc_core_stop(), and directly move them to their callers, such
as tipc_init() and tipc_exit(), having us clearly know what are
really done in both initialization and deinitialzation functions.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:31 -05:00
Jon Maloy 703068eee6 tipc: fix bug in broadcast retransmit code
In commit 58dc55f256 ("tipc: use generic
SKB list APIs to manage link transmission queue") we replace all list
traversal loops with the macros skb_queue_walk() or
skb_queue_walk_safe(). While the previous loops were based on the
assumption that the list was NULL-terminated, the standard macros
stop when the iterator reaches the list head, which is non-NULL.

In the function bclink_retransmit_pkt() this macro replacement has
lead to a bug. When we receive a BCAST STATE_MSG we unconditionally
call the function bclink_retransmit_pkt(), whether there really is
anything to retransmit or not, assuming that the sequence number
comparisons will lead to the correct behavior. However, if the
transmission queue is empty, or if there are no eligible buffers in
the transmission queue, we will by mistake pass the list head pointer
to the function tipc_link_retransmit(). Since the list head is not a
valid sk_buff, this leads to a crash.

In this commit we fix this by only calling tipc_link_retransmit()
if we actually found eligible buffers in the transmission queue.

Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:24:31 -05:00
Toshiaki Makita f902e8812e bridge: Add ability to enable TSO
Currently a bridge device turns off TSO feature if no bridge ports
support it. We can always enable it, since packets can be segmented on
ports by software as well as on the bridge device.
This will reduce the number of packets processed in the bridge.

Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:18:09 -05:00
Jon Paul Maloy 164167794c tipc: fix bug in broadcast retransmit code
In commit 58dc55f256 ("tipc: use generic
SKB list APIs to manage link transmission queue") we replace all list
traversal loops with the macros skb_queue_walk() or
skb_queue_walk_safe(). While the previous loops were based on the
assumption that the list was NULL-terminated, the standard macros
stop when the iterator reaches the list head, which is non-NULL.

In the function bclink_retransmit_pkt() this macro replacement has
lead to a bug. When we receive a BCAST STATE_MSG we unconditionally
call the function bclink_retransmit_pkt(), whether there really is
anything to retransmit or not, assuming that the sequence number
comparisons will lead to the correct behavior. However, if the
transmission queue is empty, or if there are no eligible buffers in
the transmission queue, we will by mistake pass the list head pointer
to the function tipc_link_retransmit(). Since the list head is not a
valid sk_buff, this leads to a crash.

In this commit we fix this by only calling tipc_link_retransmit()
if we actually found eligible buffers in the transmission queue.

Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:01:59 -05:00
Willem de Bruijn eee2f04b80 packet: make packet too small warning match condition
The expression in ll_header_truncated() tests less than or equal, but
the warning prints less than. Update the warning.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmalinen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:00:55 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann a936612036 Bluetooth: Process result of HCI Delete Stored Link Key command
When the HCI Delete Stored Link Key command completes, then update the
value of current stored keys in hci_dev structure.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:56:06 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 48ce62c4fa Bluetooth: Read stored link key information when powering on controller
The information about max stored link keys and current stored link keys
should be read at controller initialization. So issue HCI Read Stored
Link Key command with BDADDR_ANY and read_all flag set to 0x01 to
retrieve this information.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:54:48 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann c2f0f97927 Bluetooth: Handle command complete event for HCI Read Stored Link Keys
When the HCI Read Stored Link Keys command completes it gives useful
information of the current stored keys and maximum keys a controller
can actually store. So process this event and store these information
in hci_dev structure.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:54:16 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 41e91e71f6 Bluetooth: Replace send_monitor_event with queue_monitor_skb
The send_monitor_event function is essentially the same as the newly
introduced queue_monitor_skb. So instead of having duplicated code,
replace send_monitor_event with queue_monitor_skb.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:26:09 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann d7f72f6195 Bluetooth: Create generic queue_monitor_skb helper function
The hci_send_to_monitor function contains generic code for queueing the
packet into the receive queue of every monitor client. To avoid code
duplication, create a generic queue_monitor_skb function to interate
over all monitor sockets.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:26:07 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 2b531294b0 Bluetooth: Simplify packet copy in hci_send_to_monitor function
Within the monitor functionality, the global atomic variable called
monitor_promisc ensures that no memory allocation happend when there
is actually no client listening. This means it is safe to just create
a copy of the skb since it is guaranteed that at least one client
exists. No extra checks needed.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:26:04 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 15762fa772 Bluetooth: Add BUILD_BUG_ON for size of struct sockaddr_sco
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_sco
does not grow larger than sockaddr.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:24:24 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 74b3fb8d0d Bluetooth: Add BUILD_BUG_ON for size of struct sockaddr_rc
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_rc
does not grow larger than sockaddr.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:24:21 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann dd6255588a Bluetooth: Add BUILD_BUG_ON for size of struct sockaddr_l2
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_l2
does not grow larger than sockaddr.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:24:19 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann b0a8e282b5 Bluetooth: Add BUILD_BUG_ON for size of struct sockaddr_hci
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_hci
does not grow larger than sockaddr.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:24:16 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 1904a853fa Bluetooth: Add opcode parameter to hci_req_complete_t callback
When hci_req_run() calls its provided complete function and one of the
HCI commands in the sequence fails, then provide the opcode of failing
command. In case of success HCI_OP_NOP is provided since all commands
completed.

This patch fixes the prototype of hci_req_complete_t and all its users.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:16:31 +02:00
David S. Miller 2bd8221804 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
netfilter/ipvs fixes for net

The following patchset contains netfilter/ipvs fixes, they are:

1) Small fix for the FTP helper in IPVS, a diff variable may be left
   unset when CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is set. Patch from Dan Carpenter.

2) Fix nf_tables port NAT in little endian archs, patch from leroy
   christophe.

3) Fix race condition between conntrack confirmation and flush from
   userspace. This is the second reincarnation to resolve this problem.

4) Make sure inner messages in the batch come with the nfnetlink header.

5) Relax strict check from nfnetlink_bind() that may break old userspace
   applications using all 1s group mask.

6) Schedule removal of chains once no sets and rules refer to them in
   the new nf_tables ruleset flush command. Reported by Asbjoern Sloth
   Toennesen.

Note that this batch comes later than usual because of the short
winter holidays.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 00:14:49 -05:00
Christoph Jaeger 46d2cfb192 packet: bail out of packet_snd() if L2 header creation fails
Due to a misplaced parenthesis, the expression

  (unlikely(offset) < 0),

which expands to

  (__builtin_expect(!!(offset), 0) < 0),

never evaluates to true. Therefore, when sending packets with
PF_PACKET/SOCK_DGRAM, packet_snd() does not abort as intended
if the creation of the layer 2 header fails.

Spotted by Coverity - CID 1259975 ("Operands don't affect result").

Fixes: 9c7077622d ("packet: make packet_snd fail on len smaller than l2 header")
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-11 21:54:03 -05:00
Linus Torvalds dc9319f5a3 Merge branch 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
Pull two nfsd bugfixes from Bruce Fields.

* 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
  rpc: fix xdr_truncate_encode to handle buffer ending on page boundary
  nfsd: fix fi_delegees leak when fi_had_conflict returns true
2015-01-09 18:10:48 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 20ebb34528 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client
Pull two Ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
 "These are both pretty trivial: a sparse warning fix and size_t printk
  thing"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
  libceph: fix sparse endianness warnings
  ceph: use %zu for len in ceph_fill_inline_data()
2015-01-09 17:55:00 -08:00
Johannes Berg 9b7a86f351 mac80211: fix handling TIM IE when stations disconnect
When a station disconnects with frames still pending, we clear
the TIM bit, but too late - it's only cleared when the station
is already removed from the driver, and thus the driver can get
confused (and hwsim will loudly complain.)

Fix this by clearing the TIM bit earlier, when the station has
been unlinked but not removed from the driver yet. To do this,
refactor the TIM recalculation to in that case ignore traffic
and simply assume no pending traffic - this is correct for the
disconnected station even though the frames haven't been freed
yet at that point.

This patch isn't needed for current drivers though as they don't
check the station argument to the set_tim() operation and thus
don't really run into the possible confusion.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-09 11:48:37 +01:00
David S. Miller fb57720daf Included changes:
- remove useless return in void functions
 - remove unused member 'primary_iface' from 'struct orig_node'
 - improve existing kernel doc
 - fix several checkpatch complaints
 - ensure socket's control block is cleared for received skbs
 - add missing DEBUG_FS dependency to BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG symbol
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUraKDAAoJEJgn97Bh2u9eJsQQAI0HHsTbv1yWi0LyQO25ZlJG
 H0sR6Mj21ol36jvlSa4OYVsEn9QdoJ5RO+KDwkxvFPQQU0VyN0TZHEKzcPzFC98P
 r7BboF7JGI7P/ixGWhhdjoH/ECNJOoS0MioEX2YjGpGYIdDzl2BH7HHPV8WEEJTW
 A2l11owAv+Sv6PkYrx8OOqNCtSaO5ogX9BxZkFZwFZDA8VeFZO9eYIDStSnHKt5x
 /gT8EQd7bsVZc4IRZaPH8Sc18hkpcEZoDgMQ2Wwk4pw+5g+KgoLTzfAU6xXDnX34
 GqVqWNlrcdOQg5337mBH+xTszq6bvVSlYvcN+q8QZfRS/bkLEEwigcBh+H5H//Gf
 +MueLW8JFKKIH5sP2wbeTgdj4l7JYs5TlZsn7O+jroXrblT/SUSji8TJkkCiSfBP
 MjR9WTOrqZTzxRN/KoT+DgmQ1t2ZhKN9WVBOukKaBpMh9lxOPZD/pxJIJJLmFyWh
 VWcszxerll3ilFKgWR7YRz6h6tB3xs6DUMgl3PEFzjTa0xhZPT4NzOGIfuBTDLPc
 vg7HAm+DCIwCDfYn0N5/HLv0cU14CMWSy0SCJBIzvo+0fHppLgxBTeJ24lSywfqN
 89soGNmdGADTPkXnt4kX4U/XPRHTC3stzdMYiWoCmkoo5zQkiGmVLQ7TWG2Soqez
 QQ+ookKhShBLDZ2FQJYk
 =2Y3v
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'batman-adv-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge

Included changes:
- remove useless return in void functions
- remove unused member 'primary_iface' from 'struct orig_node'
- improve existing kernel doc
- fix several checkpatch complaints
- ensure socket's control block is cleared for received skbs
- add missing DEBUG_FS dependency to BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG symbol

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-08 20:14:32 -08:00
Ying Xue 07f6c4bc04 tipc: convert tipc reference table to use generic rhashtable
As tipc reference table is statically allocated, its memory size
requested on stack initialization stage is quite big even if the
maximum port number is just restricted to 8191 currently, however,
the number already becomes insufficient in practice. But if the
maximum ports is allowed to its theory value - 2^32, its consumed
memory size will reach a ridiculously unacceptable value. Apart from
this, heavy tipc users spend a considerable amount of time in
tipc_sk_get() due to the read-lock on ref_table_lock.

If tipc reference table is converted with generic rhashtable, above
mentioned both disadvantages would be resolved respectively: making
use of the new resizable hash table can avoid locking on the lookup;
smaller memory size is required at initial stage, for example, 256
hash bucket slots are requested at the beginning phase instead of
allocating the entire 8191 slots in old mode. The hash table will
grow if entries exceeds 75% of table size up to a total table size
of 1M, and it will automatically shrink if usage falls below 30%,
but the minimum table size is allowed down to 256.

Also converts ref_table_lock to a separate mutex to protect hash table
mutations on write side. Lastly defers the release of the socket
reference using call_rcu() to allow using an RCU read-side protected
call to rhashtable_lookup().

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-08 19:47:14 -08:00
Ilya Dryomov d7d5a007b1 libceph: fix sparse endianness warnings
The only real issue is the one in auth_x.c and it came with
3.19-rc1 merge.

Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2015-01-08 20:36:57 +03:00
Alexander Aring bc6efeeeb5 ieee802154: 6lowpan: fix Makefile entry
Since commit ea81ac2e70 ("ieee802154:
create 6lowpan sub-directory") we have a subdirectory for the ieee802154
6lowpan implementation. This commit also moves the Kconfig entry inside
of net/ieee802154/6lowpan/ and forgot to rename the Makefile entry from
obj-$(CONFIG_IEEE802154_6LOWPAN) to obj-y and handle the
obj-$(CONFIG_IEEE802154_6LOWPAN) inside the created 6lowpan directory.
This will occur that the ieee802154_6lowpan can't be build.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 15:48:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg 79c892b850 mac80211: provide per-TID RX/TX MSDU counters
Implement the new counters cfg80211 can now advertise to userspace.
The TX code is in the sequence number handler, which is a bit odd,
but that place already knows the TID and frame type, so it was
easiest and least impact there.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg 6de39808cf nl80211: support per-TID station statistics
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.

Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg a76b1942a1 cfg80211: add nl80211 beacon-only statistics
Add these two values:
 * BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
 * BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only

These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:13 +01:00
Johannes Berg 319090bf6c cfg80211: remove enum station_info_flags
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
 * remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
   (assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
 * add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
   but not in nl80211 yet

This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:10 +01:00
Johannes Berg 2b9a7e1bac mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.

Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.

This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg 6f7a8d26e2 mac80211: send statistics with delete station event
Use the new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function to send the
statistics about the deleted station with the delete event.
This lets userspace see how much traffic etc. the deleted
station used.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:03 +01:00
Johannes Berg cf5ead822d cfg80211: allow including station info in delete event
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.

Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:00 +01:00
Johannes Berg 052536abfa cfg80211: add scan time to survey data
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg 11f78ac32b cfg80211: allow survey data to return global data
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:54 +01:00
Johannes Berg 4ed20bebf5 cfg80211: remove "channel" from survey names
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:52 +01:00
Kristian Evensen ae406bd057 netfilter: conntrack: Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report
The only user of nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() was ctnetlink_del_conntrack().
After adding support for flushing connections with a given mark, this function
is no longer called.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-08 12:16:58 +01:00
Kristian Evensen 866476f323 netfilter: conntrack: Flush connections with a given mark
This patch adds support for selective flushing of conntrack mappings.
By adding CTA_MARK and CTA_MARK_MASK to a delete-message, the mark (and
mask) is checked before a connection is deleted while flushing.

Configuring the flush is moved out of ctnetlink_del_conntrack(), and
instead of calling nf_conntrack_flush_report(), we always call
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup().  This enables us to only make one call from the
new ctnetlink_flush_conntrack() and makes it easy to add more filter
parameters.

Filtering is done in the ctnetlink_filter_match()-function, which is
also called from ctnetlink_dump_table(). ctnetlink_dump_filter has been
renamed ctnetlink_filter, to indicated that it is no longer only used
when dumping conntrack entries.

Moreover, reject mark filters with -EOPNOTSUPP if no ct mark support is
available.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-08 12:14:20 +01:00
Alexander Aring 52d84ffc54 ieee802154: 6lowpan: rename to core
This patch renames the 6lowpan_rtnl.c file to core.c. 6lowpan_rtnl.c
contains functionality to put all 802.15.4 6LoWPAN functionality
together.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 07:25:59 +01:00
Alexander Aring 4dc315e267 ieee802154: 6lowpan: move transmit functionality
This patch moves all relevant transmit functionality into a separate tx.c
file. We can simple separate this functionality like we did it in mac802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 07:25:59 +01:00
Alexander Aring 4662a0da54 ieee802154: 6lowpan: move receive functionality
This patch moves all relevant receive functionality into a separate rx.c
file. We can simple separate this functionality like we did it in mac802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 07:25:59 +01:00
Alexander Aring 8691ee592c ieee802154: 6lowpan: rename internal header
This patch renames the internal header for af802154. This naming
convention is like ieee802154_i.h in mac802154 and avoids naming
confusing with the global af802154 header. Furthermore this header
contains more ieee802154 specific definitions.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 07:25:59 +01:00
Alexander Aring ea81ac2e70 ieee802154: create 6lowpan sub-directory
This patch creates an 6lowpan sub-directory inside ieee802154.
Additional we move all ieee802154 6lowpan relevant files into
this sub-directory instead of placing the 6lowpan related files
inside ieee802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-08 07:25:59 +01:00
Markus Pargmann 9535395640 batman-adv: Kconfig, Add missing DEBUG_FS dependency
BATMAN_ADV_DEBUG is using debugfs files for the debugging log. So it
depends on DEBUG_FS which is missing as dependency in the Kconfig file.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 22:17:11 +01:00
J. Bruce Fields 49a068f82a rpc: fix xdr_truncate_encode to handle buffer ending on page boundary
A struct xdr_stream at a page boundary might point to the end of one
page or the beginning of the next, but xdr_truncate_encode isn't
prepared to handle the former.

This can cause corruption of NFSv4 READDIR replies in the case that a
readdir entry that would have exceeded the client's dircount/maxcount
limit would have ended exactly on a 4k page boundary.  You're more
likely to hit this case on large directories.

Other xdr_truncate_encode callers are probably also affected.

Reported-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@googlemail.com>
Fixes: 3e19ce762b "rpc: xdr_truncate_encode"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-01-07 14:03:58 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich dcba6c9b45 batman-adv: Start new development cycle
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:58 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 3f68785e61 batman-adv: fix misspelled words
Reported-by: checkpatch
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:57 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll e0d9677ea3 batman-adv: clear control block of received socket buffers
Since other network components (and some drivers) uses the control block
provided in skb's, the network coding feature might wrongly assume that
an SKB has been decoded, and thus not try to code it with another packet
again. This happens for instance when batman-adv is running on a bridge device.

Fix this by clearing the control block for every received SKB.

Introduced by 3c12de9a5c
("batman-adv: network coding - code and transmit packets if possible")
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:57 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 32db6aaafe batman-adv: checkpatch - remove unnecessary parentheses
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:56 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 8a3f8b6ac5 batman-adv: checkpatch - Please don't use multiple blank lines
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:56 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli aa143d2837 batman-adv: checkpatch - Please use a blank line after declarations
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:55 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 9687a31c84 batman-adv: checkpatch - No space is necessary after a cast
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:55 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 24820df144 batman-adv: checkpatch - else is not generally useful after a break or return
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:55 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll a0e2877505 batman-adv: kernel doc fixes for main.{c, h}
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:54 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll ba97abb863 batman-adv: kernel doc fix for distributed-arp-table.h
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:54 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll e335718988 batman-adv: kernel doc fixes for bridge_loop_avoidance.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:54 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll 95298a91f9 batman-adv: kernel doc fixes for bat_iv_ogm.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:53 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich 320b936678 batman-adv: remove obsolete variable primary_iface from orig_node
This variable became obsolete when changing to the new bonding mechanism
based on the multi interface optimization. Since its not used anywhere,
remove it.

Reported-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-07 17:21:53 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli 193924472a batman-adv: avoid useless return in void functions
Cc: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-01-07 17:21:52 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 20658702e0 cfg80211: fix deadlock during reg chan check
If a P2P GO is active, the cfg80211_reg_can_beacon function will take
the wdev lock, in its call to cfg80211_go_permissive_chan. But the wdev lock
is already taken by the parent channel-checking function, causing a
deadlock.
Split the checking code into two parts. The first part will check if the
wdev is active and saves the channel under the wdev lock. The second part
will check actual channel validity according to type.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:53:46 +01:00
Ido Yariv db12847ca8 mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.

The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.

Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.

Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:39:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg 3a4b0c948d Merge branch 'mac80211' into mac80211-next
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:39:16 +01:00
John Linville cc72f6e227 mac80211: uninitialized return val in __ieee80211_sta_handle_tspec_ac_params
The return value should be initialized to false so that there's a
valid return value when there are no sessions that need work to be
done on them. Luckily, the side effect of using the uninitialized
value is an extra harmless driver call.

Coverity: CID 1260096
Fixes: 02219b3abc ("mac80211: add WMM admission control support")
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 13:57:34 +01:00
Christoph Jaeger 6341e62b21 kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.

No functional change.

Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
2015-01-07 13:08:04 +01:00
David S. Miller 44d84d7272 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2015-01-06 22:29:20 -05:00
Linus Torvalds bdec419638 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
 "Just a pile of random fixes, including:

   1) Do not apply TSO limits to non-TSO packets, fix from Herbert Xu.

   2) MDI{,X} eeprom check in e100 driver is reversed, from John W.
      Linville.

   3) Missing error return assignments in several ethernet drivers, from
      Julia Lawall.

   4) Altera TSE device doesn't come back up after ifconfig down/up
      sequence, fix from Kostya Belezko.

   5) Add more cases to the check for whether the qmi_wwan device has a
      bogus MAC address and needs to be assigned a random one.  From
      Kristian Evensen.

   6) Fix interrupt hangs in CPSW, from Felipe Balbi.

   7) Implement ndo_features_check in r8152 so that the stack doesn't
      feed GSO packets which are outside of the chip's capabilities.
      From Hayes Wang"

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
  qla3xxx: don't allow never end busy loop
  xen-netback: fixing the propagation of the transmit shaper timeout
  r8152: support ndo_features_check
  batman-adv: fix potential TT client + orig-node memory leak
  batman-adv: fix multicast counter when purging originators
  batman-adv: fix counter for multicast supporting nodes
  batman-adv: fix lock class for decoding hash in network-coding.c
  batman-adv: fix delayed foreign originator recognition
  batman-adv: fix and simplify condition when bonding should be used
  Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter"
  net: ethernet: cpsw: fix hangs with interrupts
  enic: free all rq buffs when allocation fails
  qmi_wwan: Set random MAC on devices with buggy fw
  openvswitch: Consistently include VLAN header in flow and port stats.
  tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets
  Altera TSE: Add missing phydev
  net/mlx4_core: Fix error flow in mlx4_init_hca()
  net/mlx4_core: Correcly update the mtt's offset in the MR re-reg flow
  qlcnic: Fix return value in qlcnic_probe()
  net: axienet: fix error return code
  ...
2015-01-06 17:48:14 -08:00
Ed Swierk 2f4383667d ethtool: Extend ethtool plugin module eeprom API to phylib
This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards
whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver.

The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the
module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them;
otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided
by network drivers with built-in phy support.

Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-06 17:16:55 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso a2f18db0c6 netfilter: nf_tables: fix flush ruleset chain dependencies
Jumping between chains doesn't mix well with flush ruleset. Rules
from a different chain and set elements may still refer to us.

[  353.373791] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[  353.373845] kernel BUG at net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c:1159!
[  353.373896] invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP
[  353.373942] Modules linked in: intel_powerclamp uas iwldvm iwlwifi
[  353.374017] CPU: 0 PID: 6445 Comm: 31c3.nft Not tainted 3.18.0 #98
[  353.374069] Hardware name: LENOVO 5129CTO/5129CTO, BIOS 6QET47WW (1.17 ) 07/14/2010
[...]
[  353.375018] Call Trace:
[  353.375046]  [<ffffffff81964c31>] ? nf_tables_commit+0x381/0x540
[  353.375101]  [<ffffffff81949118>] nfnetlink_rcv+0x3d8/0x4b0
[  353.375150]  [<ffffffff81943fc5>] netlink_unicast+0x105/0x1a0
[  353.375200]  [<ffffffff8194438e>] netlink_sendmsg+0x32e/0x790
[  353.375253]  [<ffffffff818f398e>] sock_sendmsg+0x8e/0xc0
[  353.375300]  [<ffffffff818f36b9>] ? move_addr_to_kernel.part.20+0x19/0x70
[  353.375357]  [<ffffffff818f44f9>] ? move_addr_to_kernel+0x19/0x30
[  353.375410]  [<ffffffff819016d2>] ? verify_iovec+0x42/0xd0
[  353.375459]  [<ffffffff818f3e10>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x3f0/0x400
[  353.375510]  [<ffffffff810615fa>] ? native_sched_clock+0x2a/0x90
[  353.375563]  [<ffffffff81176697>] ? acct_account_cputime+0x17/0x20
[  353.375616]  [<ffffffff8110dc78>] ? account_user_time+0x88/0xa0
[  353.375667]  [<ffffffff818f4bbd>] __sys_sendmsg+0x3d/0x80
[  353.375719]  [<ffffffff81b184f4>] ? int_check_syscall_exit_work+0x34/0x3d
[  353.375776]  [<ffffffff818f4c0d>] SyS_sendmsg+0xd/0x20
[  353.375823]  [<ffffffff81b1826d>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b

Release objects in this order: rules -> sets -> chains -> tables, to
make sure no references to chains are held anymore.

Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.biz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-06 22:27:48 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 62924af247 netfilter: nfnetlink: relax strict multicast group check from netlink_bind
Relax the checking that was introduced in 97840cb ("netfilter:
nfnetlink: fix insufficient validation in nfnetlink_bind") when the
subscription bitmask is used. Existing userspace code code may request
to listen to all of the existing netlink groups by setting an all to one
subscription group bitmask. Netlink already validates subscription via
setsockopt() for us.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-06 22:27:47 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 9ea2aa8b7d netfilter: nfnetlink: validate nfnetlink header from batch
Make sure there is enough room for the nfnetlink header in the
netlink messages that are part of the batch. There is a similar
check in netlink_rcv_skb().

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-06 22:27:46 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 8ca3f5e974 netfilter: conntrack: fix race between confirmation and flush
Commit 5195c14c8b ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race in
__nf_conntrack_confirm against get_next_corpse") aimed to resolve the
race condition between the confirmation (packet path) and the flush
command (from control plane). However, it introduced a crash when
several packets race to add a new conntrack, which seems easier to
reproduce when nf_queue is in place.

Fix this race, in __nf_conntrack_confirm(), by removing the CT
from unconfirmed list before checking the DYING bit. In case
race occured, re-add the CT to the dying list

This patch also changes the verdict from NF_ACCEPT to NF_DROP when
we lose race. Basically, the confirmation happens for the first packet
that we see in a flow. If you just invoked conntrack -F once (which
should be the common case), then this is likely to be the first packet
of the flow (unless you already called flush anytime soon in the past).
This should be hard to trigger, but better drop this packet, otherwise
we leave things in inconsistent state since the destination will likely
reply to this packet, but it will find no conntrack, unless the origin
retransmits.

The change of the verdict has been discussed in:
https://www.marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=141588039530056&w=2

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-06 22:27:45 +01:00
David S. Miller 627d2cc016 Included changes:
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
   interface
 - fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
   being added
 - avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
   the proper hashtable lock objects
 - avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
 - fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
   originator interval change
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUq7PtAAoJEJgn97Bh2u9ejD0P/AqFX7KAqlzEZo7SSIwduX/e
 OLUWJyplATljKAwmTM+gFxyTC6HOUhqG/0UZpUu83OA0uC5HmT2ATJXUal1vG8uN
 ewfxqhsnz8UMxmjENcjsExGdhjW0CDeD+lRdxPGbbq5vEbqe9dXXr4HVAlJFGhnX
 fzR65WB2om9BTYMgIWmZutRjP9VTPArgOCKtCgLclHut19VXmZDALPWZ5S6kPfUG
 O9fSPi0uzr7WIy6p+5XCi69pw+rlHv23A3soXK9G4Ze+ET2QcQSgkL6Q3VJ2+uMV
 wBzTahRN7sJgJ8GYBDrhXgw3yRl2FkjLNPav3+gOnbK0+PycrnGiC1YPbX8w/cpr
 EHyFB/kZCeBusPaRQAYP91YI3cYJ3Onq3kjbUPVV+ASMoJ/vdVORRjDHY8ALf12w
 uGp/+9aAEJYqAOZhVZKTofTgfT3ULQycd+Ffi/0LC8OLaKQeqdEcmGRrIKNJmsP5
 a+gsKEMe7QCbHkWAVnKLGKthLH4IRU98gVApS1nld9OE2yrPyywrA5ac353iFB1K
 Y/56RFAqU1nywv+hhArcCZymiOPxKyF+lK3VAHvnlFgMMJs5gNZzoGX7V7TODkiA
 yiZCuzOGsB4hPSdzf1KfCVR3LkFfaI2jGr7X+38OdK9WGMG2mcPEB0tyXr7uFuky
 V/VPJDENwQwmgfdR+D+3
 =30sl
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'batman-adv-fix-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge

Included changes:
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
  interface
- fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
  being added
- avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
  the proper hashtable lock objects
- avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
- fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
  originator interval change

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-06 14:24:49 -05:00
David S. Miller 15ecf7a063 Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
 Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
 now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUq9EvAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr7mMQAJRbdepVVqK5IFH1BH0NC7vi
 LkBE2lp8ZAz1Crg+OAQNUdlZUHtGyfYoXSfzezmrMG51i5xjHyOYQQikW7aJ2SQ0
 XsjJJ5TcqKe83NwoakXUrMpE7KmCt/LnbjKNXDsZIvLlUkqa7ksXaS7btK195aXy
 WlVrmUE+BqT9a16VjFLZ6wRjI43+3bGxhtFL+g1eXw6nZ4a2o4EbIXdc9SN+/bT4
 tAhWJfdAQqQc34jhesWGbMIvkXWhzy2R6Js+9gMIBNsmlAiYbFa4QZ/9tI3nBI/O
 yHSiDc7JnPNjkkC+3wTJxMl7mEd6fEKnAS1ryZ5L4XhPrQpV39iZuWSPvPGw6LLW
 kB6+wXkIyQdCSoyrQZxY75ibqOUKYYxhhkSYfMePXRKTYY6MlHYqiH8wPWFpPoqO
 iumLqx8/CtRW1q1t2EBAG6rZLRF8HqmfqtB+ptT0DWcAP8E81q8BImPoPFr+P9S2
 XfuuSw97xKCcilOcYJ0uYSBe4XNNhy1dtC/zJ8cA9nV4WNkofALga5Z/t8ARhDsM
 wvP1D2uIX3U9My17bXq+Xn/fSSS7yhpLZjEHj/JNRvpDCWGf/tQl6A3ydMy//Oqe
 lRSKfmiAGysqhXnmK12+YhfO+4ioTz8dA88tHs1AO8qasfQwx45eRsUPemWeExiL
 9Lntb0U6MhYvgiTdWqt6
 =CnbJ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-06 13:29:27 -05:00
Arik Nemtsov fa44b988d2 mac80211: skip disabled channels in VHT check
The patch "40a11ca mac80211: check if channels allow 80 MHz for VHT
probe requests" considered disabled channels as VHT enabled, and
mistakenly sent out probe-requests with the VHT IE.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 14:59:07 +01:00
Johannes Berg 71b836eca7 nl80211: define multicast group names in header
Put the group names into the userspace API header file so that
userspace clients can use symbolic names from there instead of
hardcoding the actual names. This doesn't really change much,
but seems somewhat cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 12:10:26 +01:00
Gautam Kumar Shukla d75bb06b61 cfg80211: add extensible feature flag attribute
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.

Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 12:10:24 +01:00
Linus Lüssing 9d31b3ce81 batman-adv: fix potential TT client + orig-node memory leak
This patch fixes a potential memory leak which can occur once an
originator times out. On timeout the according global translation table
entry might not get purged correctly. Furthermore, the non purged TT
entry will cause its orig-node to leak, too. Which additionally can lead
to the new multicast optimization feature not kicking in because of a
therefore bogus counter.

In detail: The batadv_tt_global_entry->orig_list holds the reference to
the orig-node. Usually this reference is released after
BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT through: _batadv_purge_orig()->
batadv_purge_orig_node()->batadv_update_route()->_batadv_update_route()->
batadv_tt_global_del_orig() which purges this global tt entry and
releases the reference to the orig-node.

However, if between two batadv_purge_orig_node() calls the orig-node
timeout grew to 2*BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT then this call path isn't
reached. Instead the according orig-node is removed from the
originator hash in _batadv_purge_orig(), the batadv_update_route()
part is skipped and won't be reached anymore.

Fixing the issue by moving batadv_tt_global_del_orig() out of the rcu
callback.

Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:07:01 +01:00
Linus Lüssing a5164886b0 batman-adv: fix multicast counter when purging originators
When purging an orig_node we should only decrease counter tracking the
number of nodes without multicast optimizations support if it was
increased through this orig_node before.

A not yet quite initialized orig_node (meaning it did not have its turn
in the mcast-tvlv handler so far) which gets purged would not adhere to
this and will lead to a counter imbalance.

Fixing this by adding a check whether the orig_node is mcast-initalized
before decreasing the counter in the mcast-orig_node-purging routine.

Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")

Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:06:04 +01:00
Linus Lüssing e8829f007e batman-adv: fix counter for multicast supporting nodes
A miscounting of nodes having multicast optimizations enabled can lead
to multicast packet loss in the following scenario:

If the first OGM a node receives from another one has no multicast
optimizations support (no multicast tvlv) then we are missing to
increase the counter. This potentially leads to the wrong assumption
that we could safely use multicast optimizations.

Fixings this by increasing the counter if the initial OGM has the
multicast TVLV unset, too.

Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")

Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:05:42 +01:00
Martin Hundebøll f44d54077a batman-adv: fix lock class for decoding hash in network-coding.c
batadv_has_set_lock_class() is called with the wrong hash table as first
argument (probably due to a copy-paste error), which leads to false
positives when running with lockdep.

Introduced-by: 612d2b4fe0
("batman-adv: network coding - save overheard and tx packets for decoding")

Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:05:12 +01:00
Linus Lüssing 2c667a339c batman-adv: fix delayed foreign originator recognition
Currently it can happen that the reception of an OGM from a new
originator is not being accepted. More precisely it can happen that
an originator struct gets allocated and initialized
(batadv_orig_node_new()), even the TQ gets calculated and set correctly
(batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq()) but still the periodic orig_node purging
thread will decide to delete it if it has a chance to jump between
these two function calls.

This is because batadv_orig_node_new() initializes the last_seen value
to zero and its caller (batadv_iv_ogm_orig_get()) makes it visible to
other threads by adding it to the hash table already.
batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq() will set the last_seen variable to the correct,
current time a few lines later but if the purging thread jumps in between
that it will think that the orig_node timed out and will wrongly
schedule it for deletion already.

If the purging interval is the same as the originator interval (which is
the default: 1 second), then this game can continue for several rounds
until the random OGM jitter added enough difference between these
two (in tests, two to about four rounds seemed common).

Fixing this by initializing the last_seen variable of an orig_node
to the current time before adding it to the hash table.

Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:05:09 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich 329887ad13 batman-adv: fix and simplify condition when bonding should be used
The current condition actually does NOT consider bonding when the
interface the packet came in from is the soft interface, which is the
opposite of what it should do (and the comment describes). Fix that and
slightly simplify the condition.

Reported-by: Ray Gibson <booray@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
2015-01-06 11:05:07 +01:00
Daniel Borkmann 81164413ad net: tcp: add per route congestion control
This work adds the possibility to define a per route/destination
congestion control algorithm. Generally, this opens up the possibility
for a machine with different links to enforce specific congestion
control algorithms with optimal strategies for each of them based
on their network characteristics, even transparently for a single
application listening on all links.

For our specific use case, this additionally facilitates deployment
of DCTCP, for example, applications can easily serve internal
traffic/dsts in DCTCP and external one with CUBIC. Other scenarios
would also allow for utilizing e.g. long living, low priority
background flows for certain destinations/routes while still being
able for normal traffic to utilize the default congestion control
algorithm. We also thought about a per netns setting (where different
defaults are possible), but given its actually a link specific
property, we argue that a per route/destination setting is the most
natural and flexible.

The administrator can utilize this through ip-route(8) by appending
"congctl [lock] <name>", where <name> denotes the name of a
congestion control algorithm and the optional lock parameter allows
to enforce the given algorithm so that applications in user space
would not be allowed to overwrite that algorithm for that destination.

The dst metric lookups are being done when a dst entry is already
available in order to avoid a costly lookup and still before the
algorithms are being initialized, thus overhead is very low when the
feature is not being used. While the client side would need to drop
the current reference on the module, on server side this can actually
even be avoided as we just got a flat-copied socket clone.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann ea69763999 net: tcp: add RTAX_CC_ALGO fib handling
This patch adds the minimum necessary for the RTAX_CC_ALGO congestion
control metric to be set up and dumped back to user space.

While the internal representation of RTAX_CC_ALGO is handled as a u32
key, we avoided to expose this implementation detail to user space, thus
instead, we chose the netlink attribute that is being exchanged between
user space to be the actual congestion control algorithm name, similarly
as in the setsockopt(2) API in order to allow for maximum flexibility,
even for 3rd party modules.

It is a bit unfortunate that RTAX_QUICKACK used up a whole RTAX slot as
it should have been stored in RTAX_FEATURES instead, we first thought
about reusing it for the congestion control key, but it brings more
complications and/or confusion than worth it.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann c5c6a8ab45 net: tcp: add key management to congestion control
This patch adds necessary infrastructure to the congestion control
framework for later per route congestion control support.

For a per route congestion control possibility, our aim is to store
a unique u32 key identifier into dst metrics, which can then be
mapped into a tcp_congestion_ops struct. We argue that having a
RTAX key entry is the most simple, generic and easy way to manage,
and also keeps the memory footprint of dst entries lower on 64 bit
than with storing a pointer directly, for example. Having a unique
key id also allows for decoupling actual TCP congestion control
module management from the FIB layer, i.e. we don't have to care
about expensive module refcounting inside the FIB at this point.

We first thought of using an IDR store for the realization, which
takes over dynamic assignment of unused key space and also performs
the key to pointer mapping in RCU. While doing so, we stumbled upon
the issue that due to the nature of dynamic key distribution, it
just so happens, arguably in very rare occasions, that excessive
module loads and unloads can lead to a possible reuse of previously
used key space. Thus, previously stale keys in the dst metric are
now being reassigned to a different congestion control algorithm,
which might lead to unexpected behaviour. One way to resolve this
would have been to walk FIBs on the actually rare occasion of a
module unload and reset the metric keys for each FIB in each netns,
but that's just very costly.

Therefore, we argue a better solution is to reuse the unique
congestion control algorithm name member and map that into u32 key
space through jhash. For that, we split the flags attribute (as it
currently uses 2 bits only anyway) into two u32 attributes, flags
and key, so that we can keep the cacheline boundary of 2 cachelines
on x86_64 and cache the precalculated key at registration time for
the fast path. On average we might expect 2 - 4 modules being loaded
worst case perhaps 15, so a key collision possibility is extremely
low, and guaranteed collision-free on LE/BE for all in-tree modules.
Overall this results in much simpler code, and all without the
overhead of an IDR. Due to the deterministic nature, modules can
now be unloaded, the congestion control algorithm for a specific
but unloaded key will fall back to the default one, and on module
reload time it will switch back to the expected algorithm
transparently.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann 29ba4fffd3 net: tcp: refactor reinitialization of congestion control
We can just move this to an extra function and make the code
a bit more readable, no functional change.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Florian Westphal e715b6d3a5 net: fib6: convert cfg metric to u32 outside of table write lock
Do the nla validation earlier, outside the write lock.

This is needed by followup patch which needs to be able to call
request_module (which can sleep) if needed.

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann 0409c9a5a7 net: fib6: fib6_commit_metrics: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
When IPv6 host routes with metrics attached are being added, we fetch
the metrics store from the dst via COW through dst_metrics_write_ptr(),
added through commit e5fd387ad5.

One remaining problem here is that we actually call into inet_getpeer()
and may end up allocating/creating a new peer from the kmemcache, which
may fail.

Example trace from perf probe (inet_getpeer:41) where create is 1:

ip 6877 [002] 4221.391591: probe:inet_getpeer: (ffffffff8165e293)
  85e294 inet_getpeer.part.7 (<- kmem_cache_alloc())
  85e578 inet_getpeer
  8eb333 ipv6_cow_metrics
  8f10ff fib6_commit_metrics

Therefore, a check for NULL on the return of dst_metrics_write_ptr()
is necessary here.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Fixes: e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely")
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Hubert Sokolowski 6cb69742da net: Do not call ndo_dflt_fdb_dump if ndo_fdb_dump is defined
Add checking whether the call to ndo_dflt_fdb_dump is needed.
It is not expected to call ndo_dflt_fdb_dump unconditionally
by some drivers (i.e. qlcnic or macvlan) that defines
own ndo_fdb_dump. Other drivers define own ndo_fdb_dump
and don't want ndo_dflt_fdb_dump to be called at all.
At the same time it is desirable to call the default dump
function on a bridge device.
Fix attributes that are passed to dev->netdev_ops->ndo_fdb_dump.
Add extra checking in br_fdb_dump to avoid duplicate entries
as now filter_dev can be NULL.

Following tests for filtering have been performed before
the change and after the patch was applied to make sure
they are the same and it doesn't break the filtering algorithm.

[root@localhost ~]# cd /root/iproute2-3.18.0/bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# modprobe dummy
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addbr br0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addif  br0 dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# ip link set dev br0 address 02:00:00:12:01:04
[root@localhost bridge]# # show all
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:ac:ce:32 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:79:50:53 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p7p1 self permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port + bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0 brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]#

Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:52:06 -05:00
Tom Herbert ad6f939ab1 ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.

ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert 5961de9f19 ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.

ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert c44d13d6f3 ip: IP cmsg cleanup
Move the IP_CMSG_* constants from ip_sockglue.c to inet_sock.h so that
they can be referenced in other source files.

Restructure ip_cmsg_recv to not go through flags using shift, check
for flags by 'and'. This eliminates both the shift and a conditional
per flag check.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert 224d019c4f ip: Move checksum convert defines to inet
Move convert_csum from udp_sock to inet_sock. This allows the
possibility that we can use convert checksum for different types
of sockets and also allows convert checksum to be enabled from
inet layer (what we'll want to do when enabling IP_CHECKSUM cmsg).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Gao feng b44b565cf5 netfilter: nf_ct_seqadj: print ack seq in the right host byte order
new_start_seq and new_end_seq are network byte order,
print the host byte order in debug message and print
seq number as the type of unsigned int.

Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
2015-01-05 13:52:20 +01:00
Chen Gang b18c5d15e8 netfilter: nfnetlink_cthelper: Remove 'const' and '&' to avoid warnings
The related code can be simplified, and also can avoid related warnings
(with allmodconfig under parisc):

    CC [M]  net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.o
  net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c: In function ‘nfnl_cthelper_from_nlattr’:
  net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:97:9: warning: passing argument 1 o ‘memcpy’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
    memcpy(&help->data, nla_data(attr), help->helper->data_len);
           ^
  In file included from include/linux/string.h:17:0,
                   from include/uapi/linux/uuid.h:25,
                   from include/linux/uuid.h:23,
                   from include/linux/mod_devicetable.h:12,
                   from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/hardware.h:4,
                   from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/processor.h:15,
                   from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/spinlock.h:6,
                   from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/atomic.h:21,
                   from include/linux/atomic.h:4,
                   from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/bitops.h:12,
                   from include/linux/bitops.h:36,
                   from include/linux/kernel.h:10,
                   from include/linux/list.h:8,
                   from include/linux/module.h:9,
                   from net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:11:
  ./arch/parisc/include/asm/string.h:8:8: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const char (*)[]’
   void * memcpy(void * dest,const void *src,size_t count);
          ^

Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
2015-01-05 12:42:54 +01:00
Duan Jiong 0f8162326f netfilter: nfnetlink: remove redundant variable nskb
Actually after netlink_skb_clone() is called, the nskb and
skb will point to the same thing, but they are used just like
they are different, sometimes this is confusing, so i think
there is no necessary to keep nskb anymore.

Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
2015-01-05 12:10:49 +01:00
Johannes Berg 1e359a5de8 Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter"
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.

It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.

This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-05 10:33:46 +01:00
Jesse Gross 46b1e4f911 geneve: Check family when reusing sockets.
When searching for an existing socket to reuse, the address family
is not taken into account - only port number. This means that an
IPv4 socket could be used for IPv6 traffic and vice versa, which
is sure to cause problems when passing packets.

It is not possible to trigger this problem currently because the
only user of Geneve creates just IPv4 sockets. However, that is
likely to change in the near future.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Jesse Gross df5dba8e52 geneve: Remove socket hash table.
The hash table for open Geneve ports is used only on creation and
deletion time. It is not performance critical and is not likely to
grow to a large number of items. Therefore, this can be changed
to use a simple linked list.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Jesse Gross 829a3ada9c geneve: Simplify locking.
The existing Geneve locking scheme was pulled over directly from
VXLAN. However, VXLAN has a number of built in mechanisms which make
the locking more complex and are unlikely to be necessary with Geneve.
This simplifies the locking to use a basic scheme of a mutex
when doing updates plus RCU on receive.

In addition to making the code easier to read, this also avoids the
possibility of a race when creating or destroying sockets since
UDP sockets and the list of Geneve sockets are protected by different
locks. After this change, the entire operation is atomic.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Jesse Gross 61f3cade76 geneve: Remove workqueue.
The work queue is used only to free the UDP socket upon destruction.
This is not necessary with Geneve and generally makes the code more
difficult to reason about. It also introduces nondeterministic
behavior such as when a socket is rapidly deleted and recreated, which
could fail as the the deletion happens asynchronously.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 043ec9bf7b Bluetooth: Introduce HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-03 22:31:09 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 04422da990 Bluetooth: Remove dead code for manufacturer inquiry mode quirks
There are some old Bluetooth modules from Silicon Wave and Broadcom
which support Inquiry Result with RSSI, but do not advertise it. The
core has quirks in the code to enable that inquiry mode. However as
it stands right now, that code is not even executed since entering
the function to determine which inquiry mode requires that the device
has the feature bit for Inquiry Result with RSSI set in the first
place. So this makes this dead code that hasn't work for a long
time.

In conclusion, just remove these extra quirks and simplify the setup
of the inquiry mode to be inline and with that a lot easier to read
and understand.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-03 22:31:08 +02:00
Thomas Graf 21e4902aea netlink: Lockless lookup with RCU grace period in socket release
Defers the release of the socket reference using call_rcu() to
allow using an RCU read-side protected call to rhashtable_lookup()

This restores behaviour and performance gains as previously
introduced by e341694 ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use
RCU protected hash table") without the side effect of severely
delayed socket destruction.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 14:32:57 -05:00
Thomas Graf 97defe1ecf rhashtable: Per bucket locks & deferred expansion/shrinking
Introduces an array of spinlocks to protect bucket mutations. The number
of spinlocks per CPU is configurable and selected based on the hash of
the bucket. This allows for parallel insertions and removals of entries
which do not share a lock.

The patch also defers expansion and shrinking to a worker queue which
allows insertion and removal from atomic context. Insertions and
deletions may occur in parallel to it and are only held up briefly
while the particular bucket is linked or unzipped.

Mutations of the bucket table pointer is protected by a new mutex, read
access is RCU protected.

In the event of an expansion or shrinking, the new bucket table allocated
is exposed as a so called future table as soon as the resize process
starts.  Lookups, deletions, and insertions will briefly use both tables.
The future table becomes the main table after an RCU grace period and
initial linking of the old to the new table was performed. Optimization
of the chains to make use of the new number of buckets follows only the
new table is in use.

The side effect of this is that during that RCU grace period, a bucket
traversal using any rht_for_each() variant on the main table will not see
any insertions performed during the RCU grace period which would at that
point land in the future table. The lookup will see them as it searches
both tables if needed.

Having multiple insertions and removals occur in parallel requires nelems
to become an atomic counter.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 14:32:57 -05:00
Thomas Graf 897362e446 nft_hash: Remove rhashtable_remove_pprev()
The removal function of nft_hash currently stores a reference to the
previous element during lookup which is used to optimize removal later
on. This was possible because a lock is held throughout calling
rhashtable_lookup() and rhashtable_remove().

With the introdution of deferred table resizing in parallel to lookups
and insertions, the nftables lock will no longer synchronize all
table mutations and the stored pprev may become invalid.

Removing this optimization makes removal slightly more expensive on
average but allows taking the resize cost out of the insert and
remove path.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 14:32:57 -05:00
Thomas Graf 88d6ed15ac rhashtable: Convert bucket iterators to take table and index
This patch is in preparation to introduce per bucket spinlocks. It
extends all iterator macros to take the bucket table and bucket
index. It also introduces a new rht_dereference_bucket() to
handle protected accesses to buckets.

It introduces a barrier() to the RCU iterators to the prevent
the compiler from caching the first element.

The lockdep verifier is introduced as stub which always succeeds
and properly implement in the next patch when the locks are
introduced.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 14:32:56 -05:00
Thomas Graf 8d24c0b431 rhashtable: Do hashing inside of rhashtable_lookup_compare()
Hash the key inside of rhashtable_lookup_compare() like
rhashtable_lookup() does. This allows to simplify the hashing
functions and keep them private.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-03 14:32:56 -05:00
Alexander Aring 36cf942adf mac802154: fix kbuild test robot warning
This patch fixs the following kbuild test robot warning:

coccinelle warnings: (new ones prefixed by >>)

>> net/mac802154/cfg.c:53:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:51:51 +01:00
Alexander Aring 9dc52d49e2 ieee802154: handle config as menuconfig
This patch handles the IEEE802154 Kconfig entry as menuconfig.
Furthermore we move this entry out of "Network Options" and put it into
"Networking" where the other networking subsystems are. This requires a
menuconfig entry like all other networking subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring 71e36b1b01 ieee802154: rename af_ieee802154.c to socket.c
This patch renames the "af_ieee802154.c" to "socket.c". This is just a
cleanup to have a short name for it which describes the implementationm
stuff more human understandable.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring df2f65de4b ieee802154: socket: fix checkpatch issue
This patch solves the following checkpatch issue:

CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "skb"
+		if (skb != NULL) {

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring 78f821b648 ieee802154: socket: put handling into one file
This patch puts all related socket handling into one file. This is just
a cleanup to do all socket handling stuff inside of one implementation
file.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring 79300e3a43 ieee802154: socket: change module name
This patch changes the module name of af_802154 to ieee802154_socket.
Just for keeping the name convention according to the 6LoWPAN module
ieee802154_6lowpan.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring 955d7fc93e ieee802154: handle socket functionality as module
This patch makes the ieee802154 socket handling as module. Currently
this is part of ieee802154 module. It pointed out that ieee802154 module
has also two module_init/module_exit functions. One inside of core.c and
the other in af_ieee802154.c. This patch will also solve this issue by
handle the af_802154 as separate module.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-03 01:49:23 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann ec6cef9cd9 Bluetooth: Fix SMP channel registration for unconfigured controllers
When the Bluetooth controllers requires an unconfigured state (for
example when the BD_ADDR is missing), then it is important to try
to register the SMP channels when the controller transitions to the
configured state.

This also fixes an issue with the debugfs entires that are not present
for controllers that start out as unconfigured.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:04 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 203de21bf6 Bluetooth: Fix for a leftover debug of pairing credentials
One of the LE Secure Connections security credentials was still using
the BT_DBG instead of SMP_DBG.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:04 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann cb0d2faeb1 Bluetooth: Fix scope of sc_only_mode debugfs entry
The sc_only_mode debugfs entry is used to read the current state of the
Secure Connections Only mode. Before Bluetooth 4.2 this mode was only
for BR/EDR controllers and with that tight to the support Secure Simple
Pairing. Since Secure Connections is now available for BR/EDR and LE
this debugfs entry is no longer correctly place.

Move it to the common section and enable it when either BR/EDR Secure
Connections feature is supported or when the controller has LE support.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:04 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 05b3c3e790 Bluetooth: Remove no longer needed force_sc_support debugfs option
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:04 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 91389af67c Bluetooth: Remove broken force_lesc_support debugfs option
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.

Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:03 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 300acfdec9 Bluetooth: Introduce force_bredr_smp debugfs option for testing
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:03 +01:00
Ben Pfaff 24cc59d1eb openvswitch: Consistently include VLAN header in flow and port stats.
Until now, when VLAN acceleration was in use, the bytes of the VLAN header
were not included in port or flow byte counters.  They were however
included when VLAN acceleration was not used.  This commit corrects the
inconsistency, by always including the VLAN header in byte counters.

Previous discussion at
http://openvswitch.org/pipermail/dev/2014-December/049521.html

Reported-by: Motonori Shindo <mshindo@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 16:14:20 -05:00
Herbert Xu 843925f33f tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets
Thomas Jarosch reported IPsec TCP stalls when a PMTU event occurs.

In fact the problem was completely unrelated to IPsec.  The bug is
also reproducible if you just disable TSO/GSO.

The problem is that when the MSS goes down, existing queued packet
on the TX queue that have not been transmitted yet all look like
TSO packets and get treated as such.

This then triggers a bug where tcp_mss_split_point tells us to
generate a zero-sized packet on the TX queue.  Once that happens
we're screwed because the zero-sized packet can never be removed
by ACKs.

Fixes: 1485348d24 ("tcp: Apply device TSO segment limit earlier")
Reported-by: Thomas Jarosch <thomas.jarosch@intra2net.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>

Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 16:13:20 -05:00
Florian Westphal e8768f9715 net: skbuff: don't zero tc members when freeing skb
Not needed, only four cases:
 - kfree_skb (or one of its aliases).
   Don't need to zero, memory will be freed.
 - kfree_skb_partial and head was stolen:  memory will be freed.
 - skb_morph:  The skb header fields (including tc ones) will be
   copied over from the 'to-be-morphed' skb right after
   skb_release_head_state returns.
 - skb_segment:  Same as before, all the skb header
   fields are copied over from the original skb right away.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 16:04:29 -05:00
David S. Miller 6c032edc8a Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg say:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31

Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.

 - Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154  drivers
 - Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
 - Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
 - Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
 - Public address configuration support for ath3012
 - Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
 - Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 15:58:21 -05:00
Joe Stringer a4c9ea5e8f geneve: Add Geneve GRO support
This results in an approximately 30% increase in throughput
when handling encapsulated bulk traffic.

Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 15:46:41 -05:00
Jesse Gross 9b174d88c2 net: Add Transparent Ethernet Bridging GRO support.
Currently the only tunnel protocol that supports GRO with encapsulated
Ethernet is VXLAN. This pulls out the Ethernet code into a proper layer
so that it can be used by other tunnel protocols such as GRE and Geneve.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 15:46:41 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 5405afd1a3 fib_trie: Add tracking value for suffix length
This change adds a tracking value for the maximum suffix length of all
prefixes stored in any given tnode.  With this value we can determine if we
need to backtrace or not based on if the suffix is greater than the pos
value.

By doing this we can reduce the CPU overhead for lookups in the local table
as many of the prefixes there are 32b long and have a suffix length of 0
meaning we can immediately backtrace to the root node without needing to
test any of the nodes between it and where we ended up.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:55 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 21d1f11db0 fib_trie: Remove checks for index >= tnode_child_length from tnode_get_child
For some reason the compiler doesn't seem to understand that when we are in
a loop that runs from tnode_child_length - 1 to 0 we don't expect the value
of tn->bits to change.  As such every call to tnode_get_child was rerunning
tnode_chile_length which ended up consuming quite a bit of space in the
resultant assembly code.

I have gone though and verified that in all cases where tnode_get_child
is used we are either winding though a fixed loop from tnode_child_length -
1 to 0, or are in a fastpath case where we are verifying the value by
either checking for any remaining bits after shifting index by bits and
testing for leaf, or by using tnode_child_length.

size net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
Before:
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  15506	    376	      8	  15890	   3e12	net/ipv4/fib_trie.o

After:
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  14827	    376	      8	  15211	   3b6b	net/ipv4/fib_trie.o

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:55 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 12c081a5c8 fib_trie: inflate/halve nodes in a more RCU friendly way
This change pulls the node_set_parent functionality out of put_child_reorg
and instead leaves that to the function to take care of as well.  By doing
this we can fully construct the new cluster of tnodes and all of the
pointers out of it before we start routing pointers into it.

I am suspecting this will likely fix some concurency issues though I don't
have a good test to show as such.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:55 -05:00
Alexander Duyck fc86a93b46 fib_trie: Push tnode flushing down to inflate/halve
This change pushes the tnode freeing down into the inflate and halve
functions.  It makes more sense here as we have a better grasp of what is
going on and when a given cluster of nodes is ready to be freed.

I believe this may address a bug in the freeing logic as well.  For some
reason if the freelist got to a certain size we would call
synchronize_rcu().  I'm assuming that what they meant to do is call
synchronize_rcu() after they had handed off that much memory via
call_rcu().  As such that is what I have updated the behavior to be.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:55 -05:00
Alexander Duyck ff181ed876 fib_trie: Push assignment of child to parent down into inflate/halve
This change makes it so that the assignment of the tnode to the parent is
handled directly within whatever function is currently handling the node be
it inflate, halve, or resize.  By doing this we can avoid some of the need
to set NULL pointers in the tree while we are resizing the subnodes.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:55 -05:00
Alexander Duyck f05a48198b fib_trie: Add functions should_inflate and should_halve
This change pulls the logic for if we should inflate/halve the nodes out
into separate functions.  It also addresses what I believe is a bug where 1
full node is all that is needed to keep a node from ever being halved.

Simple script to reproduce the issue:
	modprobe dummy;	ifconfig dummy0 up
	for i in `seq 0 255`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i 10.0.${i}.1/24 up; done
	ifconfig dummy0:256 10.0.255.33/16 up
	for i in `seq 0 254`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i down; done

Results from /proc/net/fib_triestat
Before:
	Local:
		Aver depth:     3.00
		Max depth:      4
		Leaves:         17
		Prefixes:       18
		Internal nodes: 11
		  1: 8  2: 2  10: 1
		Pointers: 1048
	Null ptrs: 1021
	Total size: 11  kB
After:
	Local:
		Aver depth:     3.41
		Max depth:      5
		Leaves:         17
		Prefixes:       18
		Internal nodes: 12
		  1: 8  2: 3  3: 1
		Pointers: 36
	Null ptrs: 8
	Total size: 3  kB

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck cf3637bb8f fib_trie: Move resize to after inflate/halve
This change consists of a cut/paste of resize to behind inflate and halve
so that I could remove the two function prototypes.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 345e9b5426 fib_trie: Push rcu_read_lock/unlock to callers
This change is to start cleaning up some of the rcu_read_lock/unlock
handling.  I realized while reviewing the code there are several spots that
I don't believe are being handled correctly or are masking warnings by
locally calling rcu_read_lock/unlock instead of calling them at the correct
level.

A common example is a call to fib_get_table followed by fib_table_lookup.
The rcu_read_lock/unlock ought to wrap both but there are several spots where
they were not wrapped.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 98293e8d2f fib_trie: Use unsigned long for anything dealing with a shift by bits
This change makes it so that anything that can be shifted by, or compared
to a value shifted by bits is updated to be an unsigned long.  This is
mostly a precaution against an insanely huge address space that somehow
starts coming close to the 2^32 root node size which would require
something like 1.5 billion addresses.

I chose unsigned long instead of unsigned long long since I do not believe
it is possible to allocate a 32 bit tnode on a 32 bit system as the memory
consumed would be 16GB + 28B which exceeds the addressible space for any
one process.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck e9b44019d4 fib_trie: Update meaning of pos to represent unchecked bits
This change moves the pos value to the other side of the "bits" field.  By
doing this it actually simplifies a significant amount of code in the trie.

For example when halving a tree we know that the bit lost exists at
oldnode->pos, and if we inflate the tree the new bit being add is at
tn->pos.  Previously to find those bits you would have to subtract pos and
bits from the keylength or start with a value of (1 << 31) and then shift
that.

There are a number of spots throughout the code that benefit from this.  In
the case of the hot-path searches the main advantage is that we can drop 2
or more operations from the search path as we no longer need to compute the
value for the index to be shifted by and can instead just use the raw pos
value.

In addition the tkey_extract_bits is now defunct and can be replaced by
get_index since the two operations were doing the same thing, but now
get_index does it much more quickly as it is only an xor and shift versus a
pair of shifts and a subtraction.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 836a0123c9 fib_trie: Optimize fib_table_insert
This patch updates the fib_table_insert function to take advantage of the
changes made to improve the performance of fib_table_lookup.  As a result
the code should be smaller and run faster then the original.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 939afb0657 fib_trie: Optimize fib_find_node
This patch makes use of the same features I made use of for
fib_table_lookup to streamline fib_find_node.  The resultant code should be
smaller and run faster than the original.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 9f9e636d4f fib_trie: Optimize fib_table_lookup to avoid wasting time on loops/variables
This patch is meant to reduce the complexity of fib_table_lookup by reducing
the number of variables to the bare minimum while still keeping the same if
not improved functionality versus the original.

Most of this change was started off by the desire to rid the function of
chopped_off and current_prefix_length as they actually added very little to
the function since they only applied when computing the cindex.  I was able
to replace them mostly with just a check for the prefix match.  As long as
the prefix between the key and the node being tested was the same we know
we can search the tnode fully versus just testing cindex 0.

The second portion of the change ended up being a massive reordering.
Originally the calls to check_leaf were up near the start of the loop, and
the backtracing and descending into lower levels of tnodes was later.  This
didn't make much sense as the structure of the tree means the leaves are
always the last thing to be tested.  As such I reordered things so that we
instead have a loop that will delve into the tree and only exit when we
have either found a leaf or we have exhausted the tree.  The advantage of
rearranging things like this is that we can fully inline check_leaf since
there is now only one reference to it in the function.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck adaf981685 fib_trie: Merge leaf into tnode
This change makes it so that leaf and tnode are the same struct.  As a
result there is no need for rt_trie_node anymore since everyting can be
merged into tnode.

On 32b systems this results in the leaf being 4 bytes larger, however I
don't know if that is really an issue as this and an eariler patch that
added bits & pos have increased the size from 20 to 28.  If I am not
mistaken slub/slab allocate on power of 2 sizes so 20 was likely being
rounded up to 32 anyway.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 37fd30f2da fib_trie: Merge tnode_free and leaf_free into node_free
Both the leaf and the tnode had an rcu_head in them, but they had them in
slightly different places.  Since we now have them in the same spot and
know that any node with bits == 0 is a leaf and the rest are either vmalloc
or kmalloc tnodes depending on the value of bits it makes it easy to combine
the functions and reduce overhead.

In addition I have taken advantage of the rcu_head pointer to go ahead and
put together a simple linked list instead of using the tnode pointer as
this way we can merge either type of structure for freeing.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 64c9b6fb26 fib_trie: Make leaf and tnode more uniform
This change makes some fundamental changes to the way leaves and tnodes are
constructed.  The big differences are:
1.  Leaves now populate pos and bits indicating their full key size.
2.  Trie nodes now mask out their lower bits to be consistent with the leaf
3.  Both structures have been reordered so that rt_trie_node now consisists
    of a much larger region including the pos, bits, and rcu portions of
    the tnode structure.

On 32b systems this will result in the leaf being 4B larger as the pos and
bits values were added to a hole created by the key as it was only 4B in
length.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 8274a97aa4 fib_trie: Update usage stats to be percpu instead of global variables
The trie usage stats were currently being shared by all threads that were
calling fib_table_lookup.  As a result when multiple threads were
performing lookups simultaneously the trie would begin to cache bounce
between those threads.

In order to prevent this I have updated the usage stats to use a set of
percpu variables.  By doing this we should be able to avoid the cache
bouncing and still make use of these stats.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:53 -05:00
stephen hemminger bec94d430f gre: allow live address change
The GRE tap device supports Ethernet over GRE, but doesn't
care about the source address of the tunnel, therefore it
can be changed without bring device down.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 14:18:28 -05:00
Bill Hong 33f72e6f0c l2tp : multicast notification to the registered listeners
Previously l2tp module did not provide any means for the user space to
get notified when tunnels/sessions are added/modified/deleted.
This change contains the following
- create a multicast group for the listeners to register.
- notify the registered listeners when the tunnels/sessions are
  created/modified/deleted.

Signed-off-by: Bill Hong <bhong@brocade.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Reviewed-by: Sven-Thorsten Dietrich <sven@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 14:17:20 -05:00
Fabian Frederick 886eaa1fe6 tipc: replace 0 by NULL for pointers
Fix sparse warning:
net/tipc/link.c:1924:40: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 13:11:39 -05:00
Jiri Kosina 831a39c241 Revert "cfg80211: make WEXT compatibility unselectable"
This reverts commit 24a0aa212e.

It's causing severe userspace breakage.  Namely, all the utilities from
wireless-utils which are relying on CONFIG_WEXT (which means tools like
'iwconfig', 'iwlist', etc) are not working anymore.  There is a 'iw'
utility in newer wireless-tools, which is supposed to be a replacement
for all the "deprecated" binaries, but it's far away from being
massively adopted.

Please see [1] for example of the userspace breakage this is causing.

In addition to that, Larry Finger reports [2] that this patch is also
causing ipw2200 driver being impossible to build.

To me this clearly shows that CONFIG_WEXT is far, far away from being
"deprecated enough" to be removed.

[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1857010
[2] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/343688

Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-30 16:42:29 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 2c90331cf5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Fix double SKB free in bluetooth 6lowpan layer, from Jukka Rissanen.

 2) Fix receive checksum handling in enic driver, from Govindarajulu
    Varadarajan.

 3) Fix NAPI poll list corruption in virtio_net and caif_virtio, from
    Herbert Xu.  Also, add code to detect drivers that have this mistake
    in the future.

 4) Fix doorbell endianness handling in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.

 5) Don't clobber IP6CB() before xfrm6_policy_check() is called in TCP
    input path,f rom Nicolas Dichtel.

 6) Fix MPLS action validation in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.

 7) Fix double SKB free in vxlan driver, also from Pravin.

 8) When we scrub a packet, which happens when we are switching the
    context of the packet (namespace, etc.), we should reset the
    secmark.  From Thomas Graf.

 9) ->ndo_gso_check() needs to do more than return true/false, it also
    has to allow the driver to clear netdev feature bits in order for
    the caller to be able to proceed properly.  From Jesse Gross.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
  genetlink: A genl_bind() to an out-of-range multicast group should not WARN().
  netlink/genetlink: pass network namespace to bind/unbind
  ne2k-pci: Add pci_disable_device in error handling
  bonding: change error message to debug message in __bond_release_one()
  genetlink: pass multicast bind/unbind to families
  netlink: call unbind when releasing socket
  netlink: update listeners directly when removing socket
  genetlink: pass only network namespace to genl_has_listeners()
  netlink: rename netlink_unbind() to netlink_undo_bind()
  net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check
  net: incorrect use of init_completion fixup
  neigh: remove next ptr from struct neigh_table
  net: xilinx: Remove unnecessary temac_property in the driver
  net: phy: micrel: use generic config_init for KSZ8021/KSZ8031
  net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding
  openvswitch: fix odd_ptr_err.cocci warnings
  Bluetooth: Fix accepting connections when not using mgmt
  Bluetooth: Fix controller configuration with HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR
  brcmfmac: Do not crash if platform data is not populated
  ipw2200: select CFG80211_WEXT
  ...
2014-12-30 10:45:47 -08:00
Marcel Holtmann e64b4fb66c Bluetooth: Add timing information to ECDH test case runs
After successful completion of the ECDH test cases, print the time it
took to run them.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-30 10:32:11 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 255047b0dc Bluetooth: Add timing information to SMP test case runs
After successful completion of the SMP test cases, print the time it
took to run them.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-30 10:32:08 +02:00
Johan Hedberg fb2969a3a9 Bluetooth: Add LE Secure Connections tests for SMP
This patch adds SMP self-tests for the Secure Connections crypto
functions. The sample data has been taken from the core specification.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-30 08:54:34 +01:00
Johan Hedberg cfc4198e71 Bluetooth: Add legacy SMP tests
This patch adds self-tests for legacy SMP crypto functions. The sample
data has been taken from the core specification.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-30 08:54:33 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0a2b0f0452 Bluetooth: Add skeleton for SMP self-tests
This patch adds the initial skeleton and kernel config option for SMP
self-tests.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-30 08:54:33 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0b6415b652 Bluetooth: Add support for ECDH test cases
This patch adds the test cases for ECDH cryptographic functionality
used by Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections feature.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-30 09:46:57 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann ee485290c6 Bluetooth: Add support for self testing framework
This add support for the Bluetooth self testing framework that allows
running certain test cases of sample data to ensure correctness of its
basic functionality.

With this patch only the basic framework will be added. It contains
the build magic that allows running this at module loading time or
at late_initcall stage when built into the kernel image.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-30 08:53:55 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 4da50de895 Bluetooth: Fix const declarations for smp_f5 and smp_f6
These SMP crypto functions should have all their input parameters
declared as const. This patch fixes the parameters that were missing the
const declaration.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-30 07:30:18 +01:00
David S. Miller dc97a1a947 genetlink: A genl_bind() to an out-of-range multicast group should not WARN().
Users can request to bind to arbitrary multicast groups, so warning
when the requested group number is out of range is not appropriate.

And with the warning removed, and the 'err' variable properly given
an initial value, we can remove 'found' altogether.

Reported-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-29 16:31:49 -05:00
Johannes Berg 023e2cfa36 netlink/genetlink: pass network namespace to bind/unbind
Netlink families can exist in multiple namespaces, and for the most
part multicast subscriptions are per network namespace. Thus it only
makes sense to have bind/unbind notifications per network namespace.

To achieve this, pass the network namespace of a given client socket
to the bind/unbind functions.

Also do this in generic netlink, and there also make sure that any
bind for multicast groups that only exist in init_net is rejected.
This isn't really a problem if it is accepted since a client in a
different namespace will never receive any notifications from such
a group, but it can confuse the family if not rejected (it's also
possible to silently (without telling the family) accept it, but it
would also have to be ignored on unbind so families that take any
kind of action on bind/unbind won't do unnecessary work for invalid
clients like that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 03:07:50 -05:00
Johannes Berg c380d9a7af genetlink: pass multicast bind/unbind to families
In order to make the newly fixed multicast bind/unbind
functionality in generic netlink, pass them down to the
appropriate family.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg 7d68536bed netlink: call unbind when releasing socket
Currently, netlink_unbind() is only called when the socket
explicitly unbinds, which limits its usefulness (luckily
there are no users of it yet anyway.)

Call netlink_unbind() also when a socket is released, so it
becomes possible to track listeners with this callback and
without also implementing a netlink notifier (and checking
netlink_has_listeners() in there.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg b10dcb3b94 netlink: update listeners directly when removing socket
The code is now confusing to read - first in one function down
(netlink_remove) any group subscriptions are implicitly removed
by calling __sk_del_bind_node(), but the subscriber database is
only updated far later by calling netlink_update_listeners().

Move the latter call to just after removal from the list so it
is easier to follow the code.

This also enables moving the locking inside the kernel-socket
conditional, which improves the normal socket destruction path.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg f8403a2e47 genetlink: pass only network namespace to genl_has_listeners()
There's no point to force the caller to know about the internal
genl_sock to use inside struct net, just have them pass the network
namespace. This doesn't really change code generation since it's
an inline, but makes the caller less magic - there's never any
reason to pass another socket.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg 02c81ab95d netlink: rename netlink_unbind() to netlink_undo_bind()
The new name is more expressive - this isn't a generic unbind
function but rather only a little undo helper for use only in
netlink_bind().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
David S. Miller eb46e2215f Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
Here's one more bluetooth pull request for 3.19. We've got two fixes:

 - Fix for accepting connections with old user space versions of BlueZ
 - Fix for Bluetooth controllers that don't have a public address

Both of these are regressions that were introduced in 3.17, so the
appropriate Cc: stable annotations are provided.

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-26 18:23:37 -05:00
Jesse Gross 5f35227ea3 net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.

This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.

By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.

CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by:  Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-26 17:20:56 -05:00
Jay Vosburgh 2c26d34bbc net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding
When using VXLAN tunnels and a sky2 device, I have experienced
checksum failures of the following type:

[ 4297.761899] eth0: hw csum failure
[...]
[ 4297.765223] Call Trace:
[ 4297.765224]  <IRQ>  [<ffffffff8172f026>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
[ 4297.765235]  [<ffffffff8162ba52>] netdev_rx_csum_fault+0x42/0x50
[ 4297.765238]  [<ffffffff8161c1a0>] ? skb_push+0x40/0x40
[ 4297.765240]  [<ffffffff8162325c>] __skb_checksum_complete+0xbc/0xd0
[ 4297.765243]  [<ffffffff8168c602>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x2e2/0x950
[ 4297.765246]  [<ffffffff81666ca0>] ? ip_rcv_finish+0x360/0x360

	These are reliably reproduced in a network topology of:

container:eth0 == host(OVS VXLAN on VLAN) == bond0 == eth0 (sky2) -> switch

	When VXLAN encapsulated traffic is received from a similarly
configured peer, the above warning is generated in the receive
processing of the encapsulated packet.  Note that the warning is
associated with the container eth0.

        The skbs from sky2 have ip_summed set to CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, and
because the packet is an encapsulated Ethernet frame, the checksum
generated by the hardware includes the inner protocol and Ethernet
headers.

	The receive code is careful to update the skb->csum, except in
__dev_forward_skb, as called by dev_forward_skb.  __dev_forward_skb
calls eth_type_trans, which in turn calls skb_pull_inline(skb, ETH_HLEN)
to skip over the Ethernet header, but does not update skb->csum when
doing so.

	This patch resolves the problem by adding a call to
skb_postpull_rcsum to update the skb->csum after the call to
eth_type_trans.

Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-26 16:16:51 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 0f3adeae60 Bluetooth: Remove BlueFritz! specific check from initialization
The AVM BlueFritz! USB controllers had a special handling in the
Bluetooth core when it comes to reading the supported commands.

Both drivers now set the HCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_LOCAL_COMMANDS and with
that it is no longer needed to look for vendor specific details.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-26 20:16:14 +02:00
Wu Fengguang 4aa6118811 openvswitch: fix odd_ptr_err.cocci warnings
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c:188:5-11: inconsistent IS_ERR and PTR_ERR, PTR_ERR on line 189

 PTR_ERR should access the value just tested by IS_ERR

Semantic patch information:
 There can be false positives in the patch case, where it is the call
 IS_ERR that is wrong.

Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/tests/odd_ptr_err.cocci

CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-24 15:18:09 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 6a8fc95c87 Bluetooth: Fix accepting connections when not using mgmt
When connectable mode is enabled (page scan on) through some non-mgmt
method the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag will not be set. For backwards
compatibility with user space versions not using mgmt we should not
require HCI_CONNECTABLE to be set if HCI_MGMT is not set.

Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
2014-12-24 20:02:00 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 8bfe8442ff Bluetooth: Fix controller configuration with HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR
When controllers set the HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR flag, it is required
by userspace to program a valid public Bluetooth device address into
the controller before it can be used.

After successful address configuration, the internal state changes and
the controller runs the complete initialization procedure. However one
small difference is that this is no longer the HCI_SETUP stage. The
HCI_SETUP stage is only valid during initial controller setup. In this
case the stack runs the initialization as part of the HCI_CONFIG stage.

The controller version information, default name and supported commands
are only stored during HCI_SETUP. While these information are static,
they are not read initially when HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR is set. So
when running in HCI_CONFIG state, these information need to be updated
as well.

This especially impacts Bluetooth 4.1 and later controllers using
extended feature pages and second event mask page.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
2014-12-24 20:35:46 +02:00
Thomas Graf b8fb4e0648 net: Reset secmark when scrubbing packet
skb_scrub_packet() is called when a packet switches between a context
such as between underlay and overlay, between namespaces, or between
L3 subnets.

While we already scrub the packet mark, connection tracking entry,
and cached destination, the security mark/context is left intact.

It seems wrong to inherit the security context of a packet when going
from overlay to underlay or across forwarding paths.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-24 00:21:43 -05:00
Toshiaki Makita 796f2da81b net: Fix stacked vlan offload features computation
When vlan tags are stacked, it is very likely that the outer tag is stored
in skb->vlan_tci and skb->protocol shows the inner tag's vlan_proto.
Currently netif_skb_features() first looks at skb->protocol even if there
is the outer tag in vlan_tci, thus it incorrectly retrieves the protocol
encapsulated by the inner vlan instead of the inner vlan protocol.
This allows GSO packets to be passed to HW and they end up being
corrupted.

Fixes: 58e998c6d2 ("offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags.")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-24 00:08:33 -05:00
Pravin B Shelar 997e068ebc openvswitch: Fix vport_send double free
Today vport-send has complex error handling because it involves
freeing skb and updating stats depending on return value from
vport send implementation.
This can be simplified by delegating responsibility of freeing
skb to the vport implementation for all cases. So that
vport-send needs just update stats.

Fixes: 91b7514cdf ("openvswitch: Unify vport error stats
handling")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:57:31 -05:00
Pravin B Shelar cbe7e76d94 openvswitch: Fix GSO with multiple MPLS label.
MPLS GSO needs to know inner most protocol to process GSO packets.

Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").

Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:57:31 -05:00
Pravin B Shelar ec449f40bb openvswitch: Fix MPLS action validation.
Linux stack does not implement GSO for packet with multiple
encapsulations.  Therefore there was check in MPLS action
validation to detect such case, But this check introduced
bug which deleted one or more actions from actions list.
Following patch removes this check to fix the validation.

Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").

Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Srinivas Neginhal <sneginha@vmware.com>
Acked-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:57:31 -05:00
Pravin B Shelar 4cc1beca30 mpls: Fix allowed protocols for mpls gso
MPLS and Tunnel GSO does not work together.  Reject packet which
request such GSO.

Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:57:31 -05:00
Pravin B Shelar d0edc7bf39 mpls: Fix config check for mpls.
Fixes MPLS GSO for case when mpls is compiled as kernel module.

Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:57:30 -05:00
Herbert Xu ceb8d5bf17 net: Rearrange loop in net_rx_action
This patch rearranges the loop in net_rx_action to reduce the
amount of jumping back and forth when reading the code.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:20:21 -05:00
Herbert Xu 6bd373ebba net: Always poll at least one device in net_rx_action
We should only perform the softnet_break check after we have polled
at least one device in net_rx_action.  Otherwise a zero or negative
setting of netdev_budget can lock up the whole system.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:20:21 -05:00
Herbert Xu 001ce546bb net: Detect drivers that reschedule NAPI and exhaust budget
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) required drivers to leave poll_list
empty if the entire budget is consumed.

We have already had two broken drivers so let's add a check for
this.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:20:21 -05:00
Herbert Xu 726ce70e9e net: Move napi polling code out of net_rx_action
This patch creates a new function napi_poll and moves the napi
polling code from net_rx_action into it.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:20:21 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli 0d16449195 batman-adv: avoid NULL dereferences and fix if check
Gateway having bandwidth_down equal to zero are not accepted
at all and so never added to the Gateway list.
For this reason checking the bandwidth_down member in
batadv_gw_out_of_range() is useless.

This is probably a copy/paste error and this check was supposed
to be "!gw_node" only. Moreover, the way the check is written
now may also lead to a NULL dereference.

Fix this by rewriting the if-condition properly.

Introduced by 414254e342
("batman-adv: tvlv - gateway download/upload bandwidth container")

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:13:37 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann 0402e444cd batman-adv: Unify fragment size calculation
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge") by an implementation which
can handle up to 16 fragments of a packet. The packet is prepared for the split
in fragments by the function batadv_frag_send_packet and the actual split is
done by batadv_frag_create.

Both functions calculate the size of a fragment themself. But their calculation
differs because batadv_frag_send_packet also subtracts ETH_HLEN. Therefore,
the check in batadv_frag_send_packet "can a full fragment can be created?" may
return true even when batadv_frag_create cannot create a full fragment.

The function batadv_frag_create doesn't check the size of the skb before
splitting it and therefore might try to create a larger fragment than the
remaining buffer. This creates an integer underflow and an invalid len is given
to skb_split.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:13:37 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann 5b6698b0e4 batman-adv: Calculate extra tail size based on queued fragments
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge"). The new code provided a
mostly unused parameter skb for the merging function. It is used inside the
function to calculate the additionally needed skb tailroom. But instead of
increasing its own tailroom, it is only increasing the tailroom of the first
queued skb. This is not correct in some situations because the first queued
entry can be a different one than the parameter.

An observed problem was:

1. packet with size 104, total_size 1464, fragno 1 was received
   - packet is queued
2. packet with size 1400, total_size 1464, fragno 0 was received
   - packet is queued at the end of the list
3. enough data was received and can be given to the merge function
   (1464 == (1400 - 20) + (104 - 20))
   - merge functions gets 1400 byte large packet as skb argument
4. merge function gets first entry in queue (104 byte)
   - stored as skb_out
5. merge function calculates the required extra tail as total_size - skb->len
   - pskb_expand_head tail of skb_out with 64 bytes
6. merge function tries to squeeze the extra 1380 bytes from the second queued
   skb (1400 byte aka skb parameter) in the 64 extra tail bytes of skb_out

Instead calculate the extra required tail bytes for skb_out also using skb_out
instead of using the parameter skb. The skb parameter is only used to get the
total_size from the last received packet. This is also the total_size used to
decide that all fragments were received.

Reported-by: Philipp Psurek <philipp.psurek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:13:37 -05:00
Jason Wang af6dabc9c7 net: drop the packet when fails to do software segmentation or header check
Commit cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb
which only needs header checking during software GSO") keeps the original
skb for packets that only needs header check, but it doesn't drop the
packet if software segmentation or header check were failed.

Fixes cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb which only needs header checking during software GSO")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-23 23:12:11 -05:00
leroy christophe 7b5bca4676 netfilter: nf_tables: fix port natting in little endian archs
Make sure this fetches 16-bits port data from the register.
Remove casting to make sparse happy, not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: leroy christophe <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-12-23 15:34:28 +01:00
Fabian Frederick 8aefc4d1c6 netfilter: log: remove unnecessary sizeof(char)
sizeof(char) is always 1.

Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-12-23 14:33:58 +01:00
Joe Perches 372e28661a netfilter: xt_osf: Use continue to reduce indentation
Invert logic in test to use continue.

This routine already uses continue, use it a bit more to
minimize > 80 column long lines and unnecessary indentation.

No change in compiled object file.

Other miscellanea:

o Remove trailing whitespace
o Realign arguments to multiline statement

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-12-23 14:20:10 +01:00
Marcelo Leitner 88eab472ec netfilter: conntrack: adjust nf_conntrack_buckets default value
Manually bumping either nf_conntrack_buckets or nf_conntrack_max has
become a common task as our Linux servers tend to serve more and more
clients/applications, so let's adjust nf_conntrack_buckets this to a
more updated value.

Now for systems with more than 4GB of memory, nf_conntrack_buckets
becomes 65536 instead of 16384, resulting in nf_conntrack_max=256k
entries.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-12-23 14:20:10 +01:00
Eliad Peller 85b89af07d mac80211: fix dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount tested address
dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount should be updated according
to the DA, which might be different from A1. Checking A1 results
in the counter being 0 in case of station, as to-DS data frames
use A1 for the BSSID.

This behaviour is defined in state machines, specifically in the
sta_tx_dcf_3.1d(10) description of 802.11-2012.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-23 10:16:43 +01:00
Nicolas Dichtel 2dc49d1680 tcp6: don't move IP6CB before xfrm6_policy_check()
When xfrm6_policy_check() is used, _decode_session6() is called after some
intermediate functions. This function uses IP6CB(), thus TCP_SKB_CB() must be
prepared after the call of xfrm6_policy_check().

Before this patch, scenarii with IPv6 + TCP + IPsec Transport are broken.

Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Reported-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-22 16:48:01 -05:00
Dan Collins da413eec72 packet: Fixed TPACKET V3 to signal poll when block is closed rather than every packet
Make TPACKET_V3 signal poll when block is closed rather than for every
packet. Side effect is that poll will be signaled when block retire
timer expires which didn't previously happen. Issue was visible when
sending packets at a very low frequency such that all blocks are retired
before packets are received by TPACKET_V3. This caused avoidable packet
loss. The fix ensures that the signal is sent when blocks are closed
which covers the normal path where the block is filled as well as the
path where the timer expires. The case where a block is filled without
moving to the next block (ie. all blocks are full) will still cause poll
to be signaled.

Signed-off-by: Dan Collins <dan@dcollins.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-22 15:41:15 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 72e4a6bd02 Bluetooth: Remove duplicate constant for RFCOMM PSM
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 19:55:04 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 23b9ceb74f Bluetooth: Create debugfs directory for each connection handle
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 19:54:24 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann a8e1bfaa55 Bluetooth: Store default and maximum LE data length settings
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.

For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:52:21 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann a9f6068e00 Bluetooth: Enable basics for LE Data Length Extension feature
When the controller supports the new LE Data Length Extension feature
from Bluetooth 4.2 specification, enable the new events and read the
values for default and maxmimum data length supported by the controller.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:52:01 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 3a5c82b78f Bluetooth: Move LE debugfs file creation into hci_debugfs.c
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for LE controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:51:23 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 71c3b60ec6 Bluetooth: Move BR/EDR debugfs file creation into hci_debugfs.c
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for BR/EDR controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:51:07 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 40ce72b195 Bluetooth: Move common debugfs file creation into hci_debugfs.c
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files common for all
controllers into hci_debugfs.c file.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:51:01 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 60c5f5fb1f Bluetooth: Add skeleton functions for debugfs creation
The debugfs file creation has been part of the core initialization
handling of controllers. With the introduction of Bluetooth 4.2 core
specification, the number of debugfs files is increasing even further.

To avoid cluttering the core controller handling, create a separate
file hci_debugfs.c to centralize all debugfs file creation. For now
leave the current files in the core, but in the future all debugfs
file creation will be moved.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:50:34 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 50b5b952b7 Bluetooth: Support static address when BR/EDR has been disabled
Every BR/EDR/LE dual-mode controller requires to have a public address
and so far that has become the identity address and own address. The
only way to change that behavior was with a force_static_address
debugfs option.

However the host can actually disable the BR/EDR part of a dual-mode
controller and turn into a single mode LE controller. In that case
it makes perfect sense for a host to use a chosen static address
instead of the public address.

So if the host disables BR/EDR and configures a static address, then
that static address is used as identity address and own address. If
the host does not configure a static address, then the public address
is used as before.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 09:29:49 +02:00
Linus Torvalds ecb5ec044a Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
Pull vfs pile #3 from Al Viro:
 "Assorted fixes and patches from the last cycle"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
  [regression] chunk lost from bd9b51
  vfs: make mounts and mountstats honor root dir like mountinfo does
  vfs: cleanup show_mountinfo
  init: fix read-write root mount
  unfuck binfmt_misc.c (broken by commit e6084d4)
  vm_area_operations: kill ->migrate()
  new helper: iter_is_iovec()
  move_extent_per_page(): get rid of unused w_flags
  lustre: get rid of playing with ->fs
  btrfs: filp_open() returns ERR_PTR() on failure, not NULL...
2014-12-19 18:19:19 -08:00
Alexander Aring cd1c56653a ieee802154: iface: move multiple node type check
This patch moves the handling for checking on multiple node type
interface to the corresponding concurrent iface check function.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-20 00:06:55 +01:00
Alexander Aring bd37a78de9 mac802154: iface: check concurrent ifaces
This patch adds a check for concurrent interfaces while calling
interface up. This avoids to have different mac parameters on one phy.
Otherwise it could be that a interface can overwrite current phy mac
settings which is set by an another interface.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-20 00:06:55 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 405a26110a Bluetooth: Move hci_update_page_scan to hci_request.c
This is a left-over from the patch that created hci_request.c. The
hci_update_page_scan functions should have been moved from hci_core.c
there.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:23:19 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 9df7465351 Bluetooth: Add return parameter to cmd_complete callbacks
The cmd_complete callbacks for pending mgmt commands may fail e.g. in
the case of memory allocation. Previously this error would be caught and
returned to user space in the form of a failed write on the mgmt socket
(when the error happened in the mgmt command handler) but with the
introduction of the generic cmd_complete callback this information was
lost. This patch returns the feature by making cmd_complete callbacks
return int instead of void.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 5a154e6f71 Bluetooth: Fix Add Device to wait for HCI before sending cmd_complete
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 51ef3ebe7b Bluetooth: Fix Remove Device to wait for HCI before sending cmd_complete
This patch updates the Remove Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. This way we ensure that once the
mgmt command returns all HCI commands triggered by it have also
completed.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 2cf22218b0 Bluetooth: Add hci_request support for hci_update_background_scan
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Felix Fietkau 8d819a92cc mac80211: minstrel: reduce size of struct minstrel_rate_stats
On minstrel_ht, the size of the per-sta struct is almost 18k, making it
an order-3 allocation.
A few fields inside the per-rate statistics are bigger than they need to
be. This patch reduces the size enough to cut down the per-sta struct to
about 13k (order-2 allocation).

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-19 21:34:22 +01:00
Al Viro 71bb99a02b Bluetooth: bnep: bnep_add_connection() should verify that it's dealing with l2cap socket
same story as cmtp

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:48:27 +01:00
Al Viro 96c26653ce Bluetooth: cmtp: cmtp_add_connection() should verify that it's dealing with l2cap socket
... rather than relying on ciptool(8) never passing it anything else.  Give
it e.g. an AF_UNIX connected socket (from socketpair(2)) and it'll oops,
trying to evaluate &l2cap_pi(sock->sk)->chan->dst...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:48:21 +01:00
Al Viro 51bda2bca5 Bluetooth: hidp_connection_add() unsafe use of l2cap_pi()
it's OK after we'd verified the sockets, but not before that.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:40:07 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen 004fa5ed08 Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Do not free skb when packet is dropped
If we need to drop the message because of some error in the
compression etc, then do not free the skb as that is done
automatically in other part of networking stack.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:39:50 +01:00
Al Viro e3bb504efd [regression] chunk lost from bd9b51
Reported-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-19 07:13:21 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 0857dd3bed Bluetooth: Split hci_request helpers to hci_request.[ch]
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:04:42 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 1d2dc5b7b3 Bluetooth: Split hci_update_page_scan into two functions
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 12:52:18 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 00c845dbfe Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Fix NBMA tunnel mac header handling in GRE, from Timo Teräs.

 2) Fix a NAPI race in the fec driver, from Nimrod Andy.

 3) The new IFF_VNET_LE bit is outside the size of the flags member it
    is stored in (which is 16-bits), store the state locally in the
    drivers.  From Michael S Tsirkin.

 4) We are kicking the tires with the new wireless maintainership
    situation.  Bluetooth fixes via Johan Hedberg, and mac80211 fixes
    from Johannes Berg.

 5) Fix locking and leaks in geneve driver, from Jesse Gross.

 6) Make netlink TX mmap code always copy, so we don't have to be
    potentially exposed to the user changing the underlying contents
    from underneath us.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
  be2net: Fix incorrect setting of tunnel offload flag in netdev features
  bnx2x: fix typos in "configure"
  xen-netback: support frontends without feature-rx-notify again
  MAINTAINERS: changes for wireless
  cxgb4: Fix decoding QSA module for ethtool get settings
  geneve: Fix races between socket add and release.
  geneve: Remove socket and offload handlers at destruction.
  netlink: Don't reorder loads/stores before marking mmap netlink frame as available
  netlink: Always copy on mmap TX.
  Bluetooth: Fix bug with filter in service discovery optimization
  mac80211: free management frame keys when removing station
  net: Disallow providing non zero VLAN ID for NIC drivers FDB add flow
  net/mlx4: Cache line CQE/EQE stride fixes
  net: fec: Fix NAPI race
  xen-netfront: use napi_complete() correctly to prevent Rx stalling
  ip_tunnel: Add missing validation of encap type to ip_tunnel_encap_setup()
  ip_tunnel: Add sanity checks to ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops()
  net: Allow FIXED_PHY to be modular.
  if_tun: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
  macvtap: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
  ...
2014-12-18 16:41:13 -08:00
Alexander Aring ba2a9506a7 nl802154: introduce support for cca settings
This patch adds support for setting cca parameters via nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 00:19:23 +01:00
Alexander Aring 7fe9a3882b ieee802154: rework cca setting
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 00:19:23 +01:00
David S. Miller 86c8fc4bbe This relatively large collection of fixes is all over - from things
that were broken a long time ago (the management key issue) but not
 noticed yet, to small issues that were only introduced into 3.19
 (like the multicast issue). At least one issue is old but can crash
 the kernel based on invalid userspace requests (the nl80211 matches
 array one.)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIbBAABCAAGBQJUkt82AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrk5YP+NN821jzWqTPZy7mS1NgwRrN
 4VjPw1J6ba5LRCfS8cYOcG5zPq4i88DdiRzsFe7TW1g3ayy5tXNp0FzcgJ4lBV5T
 cWpXybtCYwnJxlaRBNmS9H7ZOCSjVJH8B1U75t5jmY8ondZ7mRUpN6Od2b6rKfq6
 8HDZ+I7fr+tPeb/1tj9iq0XaJAPvZOpoJzA5Hgjvs6UOURAxIxRrU4l9LZ/bd6Uf
 jz0Kg0u59d9YNDn9MPX2KmMOyjbJ2t5MYHsAfxOB9usnaq8Toq1ZEszApiIXuyz/
 GsgLBYL9gVpIUU95Us7lDv+sqT7cFflNvE9JtgcB5dkSxjZrRNLnJM09NggkOI9a
 A1BGReZODj2UPEKdXgWMC4Jr63xLZW5vr7mX9c8egQu2U/eqLACcz0ewMxMxaoEO
 bXEjegDv6FaGuGU1ul8D03cvgznLjoMUtnkcu5UIFLIt7uf0Ohrn8bFovrpo0DX2
 wQt8VkOIrRBHXkvTDIZCyTbfZn9LI9M50q8YEZWX84wrA7gDkFQ6ByNrxdFET4zA
 Hjpjkwi9CbpaJ66Xp0WFbWJ6AMAfVJHYBTHnRU36nfbNb82qD6O+1nZVH7xGjbHB
 7zk+nrXKjhdnCBhhIZBku+Fkug6+wBdZNkTFSch6Q1ZO+aLb4Z02j+yb1fylAzjf
 ar3E7Ssx+jtGfJ9RQAk=
 =iSDP
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2014-12-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
pull-request: mac80211 2014-12-18

Also from me a first pull request - we have a number of really old
issues that happened to crop up now with new work (or just more testing)
in the right areas as well as some small bugs newly introduced in 3.19.

Let me know if there are any problems.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-18 15:33:49 -05:00
David S. Miller 7dce675b28 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth 2014-12-17

Here's the first direct (i.e. skipping the wireless tree) bluetooth pull
request for you, intended for 3.19. It's just one patch: a fix from
Marcel for for remote service discovery filtering which also fixes a
'used uninitialized' compiler warning.

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-18 15:32:27 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 70314fc684 Merge tag 'ipvs2-for-v3.19' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/ipvs-next into ipvs-next
Simon Horman says:

====================
Second round of IPVS Updates for v3.19

please consider these IPVS updates for v3.19 or alternatively v3.20.

The single patch in this series fixes a long standing bug that
has not caused any trouble and thus is not being prioritised as a fix.
====================

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-12-18 20:54:26 +01:00
Jesse Gross 12069401d8 geneve: Fix races between socket add and release.
Currently, searching for a socket to add a reference to is not
synchronized with deletion of sockets. This can result in use
after free if there is another operation that is removing a
socket at the same time. Solving this requires both holding the
appropriate lock and checking the refcount to ensure that it
has not already hit zero.

Inspired by a related (but not exactly the same) issue in the
VXLAN driver.

Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-18 12:38:13 -05:00
Jesse Gross 7ed767f731 geneve: Remove socket and offload handlers at destruction.
Sockets aren't currently removed from the the global list when
they are destroyed. In addition, offload handlers need to be cleaned
up as well.

Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-18 12:38:13 -05:00
Thomas Graf a18e6a186f netlink: Don't reorder loads/stores before marking mmap netlink frame as available
Each mmap Netlink frame contains a status field which indicates
whether the frame is unused, reserved, contains data or needs to
be skipped. Both loads and stores may not be reordeded and must
complete before the status field is changed and another CPU might
pick up the frame for use. Use an smp_mb() to cover needs of both
types of callers to netlink_set_status(), callers which have been
reading data frame from the frame, and callers which have been
filling or releasing and thus writing to the frame.

- Example code path requiring a smp_rmb():
  memcpy(skb->data, (void *)hdr + NL_MMAP_HDRLEN, hdr->nm_len);
  netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED);

- Example code path requiring a smp_wmb():
  hdr->nm_uid	= from_kuid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.uid);
  hdr->nm_gid	= from_kgid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.gid);
  netlink_frame_flush_dcache(hdr);
  netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID);

Fixes: f9c228 ("netlink: implement memory mapped recvmsg()")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-18 12:35:55 -05:00
David Miller 4682a03586 netlink: Always copy on mmap TX.
Checking the file f_count and the nlk->mapped count is not completely
sufficient to prevent the mmap'd area contents from changing from
under us during netlink mmap sendmsg() operations.

Be careful to sample the header's length field only once, because this
could change from under us as well.

Fixes: 5fd96123ee ("netlink: implement memory mapped sendmsg()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
2014-12-18 12:35:23 -05:00
Jukka Rissanen 93a1e86ce1 nl80211: Stop scheduled scan if netlink client disappears
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:44 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen 31a60ed1e9 nl80211: Convert sched_scan_req pointer to RCU pointer
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:09 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 57666509b7 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client
Pull ceph updates from Sage Weil:
 "The big item here is support for inline data for CephFS and for
  message signatures from Zheng.  There are also several bug fixes,
  including interrupted flock request handling, 0-length xattrs, mksnap,
  cached readdir results, and a message version compat field.  Finally
  there are several cleanups from Ilya, Dan, and Markus.

  Note that there is another series coming soon that fixes some bugs in
  the RBD 'lingering' requests, but it isn't quite ready yet"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (27 commits)
  ceph: fix setting empty extended attribute
  ceph: fix mksnap crash
  ceph: do_sync is never initialized
  libceph: fixup includes in pagelist.h
  ceph: support inline data feature
  ceph: flush inline version
  ceph: convert inline data to normal data before data write
  ceph: sync read inline data
  ceph: fetch inline data when getting Fcr cap refs
  ceph: use getattr request to fetch inline data
  ceph: add inline data to pagecache
  ceph: parse inline data in MClientReply and MClientCaps
  libceph: specify position of extent operation
  libceph: add CREATE osd operation support
  libceph: add SETXATTR/CMPXATTR osd operations support
  rbd: don't treat CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as extent op
  ceph: remove unused stringification macros
  libceph: require cephx message signature by default
  ceph: introduce global empty snap context
  ceph: message versioning fixes
  ...
2014-12-17 16:03:12 -08:00
Marcel Holtmann ea8ae2516a Bluetooth: Fix bug with filter in service discovery optimization
The optimization for filtering out extended inquiry results, advertising
reports or scan response data based on provided UUID list has a logic
bug. In case no match is found in the advertising data, the scan
response is ignored and not checked against the filter. This will lead
to events being filtered wrongly.

Change the code to actually only drop the events when the scan response
data is not present. If it is present, it needs to be checked against
the provided filter.

The patch is a bit more complex than it needs to be. That is because
it also fixes this compiler warning that some gcc versions produce.

  CC      net/bluetooth/mgmt.o
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c: In function ‘mgmt_device_found’:
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c:7028:7: warning: ‘match’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
  bool match;
       ^

It seems that gcc can not clearly figure out the context of the match
variable. So just change the branches for the extended inquiry response
and advertising data around so that it is clear.

Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 22:03:49 +02:00
Yan, Zheng 715e4cd405 libceph: specify position of extent operation
allow specifying position of extent operation in multi-operations
osd request. This is required for cephfs to convert inline data to
normal data (compare xattr, then write object).

Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:52 +03:00
Yan, Zheng 864e9197f1 libceph: add CREATE osd operation support
Add CEPH_OSD_OP_CREATE support.  Also change libceph to not treat
CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as an extent op and add an assert to that end.

Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:51 +03:00
Yan, Zheng d74b50bed0 libceph: add SETXATTR/CMPXATTR osd operations support
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:51 +03:00
Yan, Zheng a3fc98005c libceph: require cephx message signature by default
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:51 +03:00
Yan, Zheng 33d0733796 libceph: message signature support
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:50 +03:00
Yan, Zheng ae385eaf24 libceph: store session key in cephx authorizer
Session key is required when calculating message signature. Save the session
key in authorizer, this avoid lookup ticket handler for each message

Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:50 +03:00
Ilya Dryomov 4965fc38c4 libceph: nuke ceph_kvfree()
Use kvfree() from linux/mm.h instead, which is identical.  Also fix the
ceph_buffer comment: we will allocate with kmalloc() up to 32k - the
value of PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER, but that really is just an
implementation detail so don't mention it at all.

Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
2014-12-17 20:09:50 +03:00
Eliad Peller 0f8b824561 mac80211: avoid reconfig if no interfaces are up
If there are no interfaces up, there is no reason
to continue the reconfig flow.

The current code might end up calling driver
callbacks (e.g. resume(), reconfig_complete())
while the driver is already stopped.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 15:45:17 +01:00
Luciano Coelho 1a952c94b5 mac80211: remove unused variable in ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie()
The ht_oper variable is assigned a value, but never used in
ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie().  Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 15:45:17 +01:00
Eliad Peller 1c45c5ce32 mac80211: update sta bw on ht chanwidth action frame
Commit e1a0c6b ("mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40")
mistakenly removed the actual update of sta->sta.bandwidth.

Refactor ieee80211_sta_cur_vht_bw() into multiple functions
(calculate caps-bw and chandef-bw separately, and min them
with cur_max_bandwidth).

On ht chanwidth action frame set only cur_max_bandwidth
(according to the sta capabilities) and recalc the sta bw.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 15:45:16 +01:00
Moshe Benji a5fee9cb62 mac80211: handle power constraint and country IEs in RRM
In beacons, handle the Country IE even if no Power Constraint IE
is present, and, capability wise, also in case that the Radio
Measurements capability is enabled.

In cases where the Country IE should be handled and that the
Power Constraint IE is not present, the Country IE alone will
set the power limit (and not both Country and Power Constraint
IEs).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 15:45:16 +01:00
Chaya Rachel Ivgi 179b8fc7fb mac80211: Fix ignored HT override configurations
HT override configurations was ignored when choosing the channel
(until now, the override configuration affected only the
capabilities shown in the IEs).

The override configurations received only on association time,
so in this case we should determine the channel again.

Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 15:45:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg 28a9bc6812 mac80211: free management frame keys when removing station
When writing the code to allow per-station GTKs, I neglected to
take into account the management frame keys (index 4 and 5) when
freeing the station and only added code to free the first four
data frame keys.

Fix this by iterating the array of keys over the right length.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 14:00:17 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov db8dfee57d cfg80211: avoid intersection when applying self-managed reg
The custom-reg handling function can currently only add flags to a given
channel. This results in stale flags being left applied. In some cases
a channel was disabled and even the orig_flags were changed to reflect
this.

Previously the API was designed for a single invocation before wiphy
registration, so this didn't matter. The previous approach doesn't scale
well to self-managed regulatory devices, particularly when a more
permissive regdom is applied after a restrictive one.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 1bdd716cbc cfg80211: return private regdom for self-managed devices
If a device has self-managed regulatory, insist on returning the wiphy
specific regdomain if a wiphy-idx is specified. The global regdomain is
meaningless for such devices.

Also add an attribute for self-managed devices, so usermode can
distinguish them as such.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Jonathan Doron b0d7aa5959 cfg80211: allow wiphy specific regdomain management
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.

A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.

After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov ad30ca2c03 cfg80211: allow usermode to query wiphy specific regdom
If a wiphy-idx is specified, the kernel will return the wiphy specific
regdomain, if such exists. Otherwise return the global regdom.

When no wiphy-idx is specified, return the global regdomain as well as
all wiphy-specific regulatory domains in the system, via a new nested
list of attributes.

Add a new attribute for each wiphy-specific regdomain, for usermode to
identify it as such.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Nishikawa, Kenzoh 2ae70efcea mac80211: keep sending peer candidate events while in listen state
Instead of sending peer candidate events just once, send them as long
as the peer remains in the LISTEN state in the peering state machine,
when userspace is implementing the peering manager.
Userspace may silence the events from a peer by progressing the state
machine or by setting the link state to BLOCKED.

Fixes the problem that a mesh peering process won't be fired again after
the previous first peering trial fails due to like air propagation error
if the peering is managed by user space such as wpa_supplicant.

This patch works with another patch for wpa_supplicant described here
which fires a peering process again triggered by the notice from kernel.
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2014-November/031235.html

Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:24 +01:00
Luciano Coelho 688b1ecfb9 mac80211: notify channel switch at the end of ieee80211_chswitch_post_beacon()
The call to cfg80211_ch_switch_notify() should be at the end of the
ieee80211_chswitch_post_beacon() function, because it should only be
sent if everything succeeded.

Fixes: d04b5ac9e7 ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow any interface to send channel switch notifications")
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:47:42 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic d295445715 mac80211: notify NSS changed when IBSS and HT
When using IBSS in HT mode, we always get NSS=1
in rc_update callback. Force NSS recalculation when
rates updated and notify driver that NSS changed.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:47:26 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 603ba7e41b Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
Pull vfs pile #2 from Al Viro:
 "Next pile (and there'll be one or two more).

  The large piece in this one is getting rid of /proc/*/ns/* weirdness;
  among other things, it allows to (finally) make nameidata completely
  opaque outside of fs/namei.c, making for easier further cleanups in
  there"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
  coda_venus_readdir(): use file_inode()
  fs/namei.c: fold link_path_walk() call into path_init()
  path_init(): don't bother with LOOKUP_PARENT in argument
  fs/namei.c: new helper (path_cleanup())
  path_init(): store the "base" pointer to file in nameidata itself
  make default ->i_fop have ->open() fail with ENXIO
  make nameidata completely opaque outside of fs/namei.c
  kill proc_ns completely
  take the targets of /proc/*/ns/* symlinks to separate fs
  bury struct proc_ns in fs/proc
  copy address of proc_ns_ops into ns_common
  new helpers: ns_alloc_inum/ns_free_inum
  make proc_ns_operations work with struct ns_common * instead of void *
  switch the rest of proc_ns_operations to working with &...->ns
  netns: switch ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() to working with &net->ns
  make mntns ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() work with &mnt_ns->ns
  common object embedded into various struct ....ns
2014-12-16 15:53:03 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 0b233b7c79 Merge branch 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
 "A comparatively quieter cycle for nfsd this time, but still with two
  larger changes:

   - RPC server scalability improvements from Jeff Layton (using RCU
     instead of a spinlock to find idle threads).

   - server-side NFSv4.2 ALLOCATE/DEALLOCATE support from Anna
     Schumaker, enabling fallocate on new clients"

* 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (32 commits)
  nfsd4: fix xdr4 count of server in fs_location4
  nfsd4: fix xdr4 inclusion of escaped char
  sunrpc/cache: convert to use string_escape_str()
  sunrpc: only call test_bit once in svc_xprt_received
  fs: nfsd: Fix signedness bug in compare_blob
  sunrpc: add some tracepoints around enqueue and dequeue of svc_xprt
  sunrpc: convert to lockless lookup of queued server threads
  sunrpc: fix potential races in pool_stats collection
  sunrpc: add a rcu_head to svc_rqst and use kfree_rcu to free it
  sunrpc: require svc_create callers to pass in meaningful shutdown routine
  sunrpc: have svc_wake_up only deal with pool 0
  sunrpc: convert sp_task_pending flag to use atomic bitops
  sunrpc: move rq_cachetype field to better optimize space
  sunrpc: move rq_splice_ok flag into rq_flags
  sunrpc: move rq_dropme flag into rq_flags
  sunrpc: move rq_usedeferral flag to rq_flags
  sunrpc: move rq_local field to rq_flags
  sunrpc: add a generic rq_flags field to svc_rqst and move rq_secure to it
  nfsd: minor off by one checks in __write_versions()
  sunrpc: release svc_pool_map reference when serv allocation fails
  ...
2014-12-16 15:25:31 -08:00
Or Gerlitz 65891feac2 net: Disallow providing non zero VLAN ID for NIC drivers FDB add flow
The current implementations all use dev_uc_add_excl() and such whose API
doesn't support vlans, so we can't make it with NICs HW for now.

Fixes: f6f6424ba7 ('net: make vid as a parameter for ndo_fdb_add/ndo_fdb_del')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-16 15:41:19 -05:00
Thomas Graf f1fb521f7d ip_tunnel: Add missing validation of encap type to ip_tunnel_encap_setup()
The encap->type comes straight from Netlink. Validate it against
max supported encap types just like ip_encap_hlen() already does.

Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-16 15:20:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf bb1553c800 ip_tunnel: Add sanity checks to ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops()
The symbols are exported and could be used by external modules.

Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-16 15:20:41 -05:00
David S. Miller c9f2c3d36c Merge tag 'master-2014-12-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
John W. Linville says:

====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-16

Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.19 stream!

For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:

"The patches consist of:

 - Coccinelle warning fix
 - hci_dev_lock/unlock fixes
 - Fixes for pending mgmt command handling
 - Fixes for properly following the force_lesc_support switch
 - Fix for a Microsoft branded Broadcom adapter
 - New device id for Atheros AR3012
 - Fix for BR/EDR Secure Connections enabling"

Along with that...

Brian Norris avoids leaking some kernel memory contents via printk in brcmsmac.

Julia Lawall corrects some misspellings in a few drivers.

Larry Finger gives us one more rtlwifi fix to correct a porting oversight.

Wei Yongjun fixes a sparse warning in rtlwifi.

Please let me know if there are problems!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-16 15:16:48 -05:00
John W. Linville a463e9c57a Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next 2014-12-15 13:23:09 -05:00
Geert Uytterhoeven 6ff4a8ad4b rds: Fix min() warning in rds_message_inc_copy_to_user()
net/rds/message.c: In function ‘rds_message_inc_copy_to_user’:
net/rds/message.c:328: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast

Use min_t(unsigned long, ...) like is done in
rds_message_copy_from_user().

Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-15 11:49:09 -05:00
Timo Teräs 8a0033a947 gre: fix the inner mac header in nbma tunnel xmit path
The NBMA GRE tunnels temporarily push GRE header that contain the
per-packet NBMA destination on the skb via header ops early in xmit
path. It is the later pulled before the real GRE header is constructed.

The inner mac was thus set differently in nbma case: the GRE header
has been pushed by neighbor layer, and mac header points to beginning
of the temporary gre header (set by dev_queue_xmit).

Now that the offloads expect mac header to point to the gre payload,
fix the xmit patch to:
 - pull first the temporary gre header away
 - and reset mac header to point to gre payload

This fixes tso to work again with nbma tunnels.

Fixes: 14051f0452 ("gre: Use inner mac length when computing tunnel length")
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-15 11:46:04 -05:00
Johannes Berg 848955ccf0 mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-15 12:34:45 +01:00
Johannes Berg 4bcc56bb3a mac80211: ask driver to look at power level when starting AP
The power level might have been set, but as the interface was idle
it might not have taken effect yet. Ask the driver to check the
power level when starting up an AP so that in this case the correct
power level is used in case the device/driver can only set it when
the interface is actually active.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-15 12:27:02 +01:00
Linus Torvalds e6b5be2be4 Driver core patches for 3.19-rc1
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
 
 They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
 drivers.  They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
 removing a line in a structure.
 
 Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes.  There are
 some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
 the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
 
 Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
 
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
 53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
 =OVRS
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core

Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
 "Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.

  They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
  drivers.  They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
  just removing a line in a structure.

  Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes.  There
  are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
  acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
  changes.

  Everything has been in linux-next for a while"

* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
  Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
  fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
  firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
  firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
  devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
  device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
  ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
  ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
  debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
  drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
  Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
  drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
  drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
  topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
  cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
  driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
  driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
  sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
  sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
  fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
  ...
2014-12-14 16:10:09 -08:00
Linus Torvalds e3aa91a7cb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
 - The crypto API is now documented :)
 - Disallow arbitrary module loading through crypto API.
 - Allow get request with empty driver name through crypto_user.
 - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions.
 - Add caam support for ctr(aes), gcm(aes) and their derivatives.
 - nx now supports concurrent hashing properly.
 - Add sahara support for SHA1/256.
 - Add ARM64 version of CRC32.
 - Misc fixes.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (77 commits)
  crypto: tcrypt - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions
  crypto: af_alg - add user space interface for AEAD
  crypto: qat - fix problem with coalescing enable logic
  crypto: sahara - add support for SHA1/256
  crypto: sahara - replace tasklets with kthread
  crypto: sahara - add support for i.MX53
  crypto: sahara - fix spinlock initialization
  crypto: arm - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: powerpc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: sha - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: sparc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: algif_skcipher - initialize upon init request
  crypto: algif_skcipher - removed unneeded code
  crypto: algif_skcipher - Fixed blocking recvmsg
  crypto: drbg - use memzero_explicit() for clearing sensitive data
  crypto: drbg - use MODULE_ALIAS_CRYPTO
  crypto: include crypto- module prefix in template
  crypto: user - add MODULE_ALIAS
  crypto: sha-mb - remove a bogus NULL check
  crytpo: qat - Fix 64 bytes requests
  ...
2014-12-13 13:33:26 -08:00
Alexander Duyck e962f30297 fib_trie: Fix trie balancing issue if new node pushes down existing node
This patch addresses an issue with the level compression of the fib_trie.
Specifically in the case of adding a new leaf that triggers a new node to
be added that takes the place of the old node.  The result is a trie where
the 1 child tnode is on one side and one leaf is on the other which gives
you a very deep trie.  Below is the script I used to generate a trie on
dummy0 with a 10.X.X.X family of addresses.

  ip link add type dummy
  ipval=184549374
  bit=2
  for i in `seq 1 23`
  do
    ifconfig dummy0:$bit $ipval/8
    ipval=`expr $ipval - $bit`
    bit=`expr $bit \* 2`
  done
  cat /proc/net/fib_triestat

Running the script before the patch:

	Local:
		Aver depth:     10.82
		Max depth:      23
		Leaves:         29
		Prefixes:       30
		Internal nodes: 27
		  1: 26  2: 1
		Pointers: 56
	Null ptrs: 1
	Total size: 5  kB

After applying the patch and repeating:

	Local:
		Aver depth:     4.72
		Max depth:      9
		Leaves:         29
		Prefixes:       30
		Internal nodes: 12
		  1: 3  2: 2  3: 7
		Pointers: 70
	Null ptrs: 30
	Total size: 4  kB

What this fix does is start the rebalance at the newly created tnode
instead of at the parent tnode.  This way if there is a gap between the
parent and the new node it doesn't prevent the new tnode from being
coalesced with any pre-existing nodes that may have been pushed into one
of the new nodes child branches.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-12 10:58:53 -05:00
Toshiaki Makita 53f6b708f8 vlan: Add ability to always enable TSO/UFO
Since the real device can segment packets by software, a vlan device
can set TSO/UFO even when the real device doesn't have those features.
Unlike GSO, this allows packets to be segmented after Qdisc.

Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-12 10:58:53 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan 5cf16616e1 mac80211: Fix accounting of multicast frames
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.

To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:48:43 +01:00
Sujith Manoharan 6b127c71fb mac80211: Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:48:26 +01:00
Vadim Kochan ba1debdfed wireless: Support of IFLA_INFO_KIND rtnl attribute
It allows to identify the wlan kind of device for the user application,
e.g.:

    # ip -d link

    1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default
        link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 promiscuity 0
    2: enp0s25: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
        link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
    3: wlp3s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
        link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
        wlan

Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
[make wireless_link_ops const]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:48:25 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 185076d6db cfg80211: correctly check ad-hoc channels
Ad-hoc requires beaconing for regulatory purposes. Validate that the
channel is valid for beaconing, and not only enabled.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:40:38 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach 70dcec5a48 cfg80211: don't WARN about two consecutive Country IE hint
This can happen and there is no point in added more
detection code lower in the stack. Catching these in one
single point (cfg80211) is enough. Stop WARNING about this
case.

This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89001

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2f1c6c572d ("cfg80211: process non country IE conflicting first")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:29:02 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 9845904fd4 Bluetooth: Fix mgmt response status when removing adapter
When an adapter is removed (hci_unregister_dev) any pending mgmt
commands for that adapter should get the appropriate INVALID_INDEX
response. Since hci_unregister_dev() calls hci_dev_do_close() first
that'd so far have caused "not powered" responses to be sent.

Skipping the HCI_UNREGISTER case in mgmt_powered() is also not a
solution since before reaching the mgmt_index_removed() stage any
hci_conn callbacks (e.g. used by pairing) will get called, thereby
causing "disconnected" status responses to be sent.

The fix that covers all scenarios is to handle both INVALID_INDEX and
NOT_POWERED responses through the mgmt_powered() function. The
INVALID_INDEX response sending from mgmt_index_removed() is left
untouched since there are a couple of places not related to powering off
or removing an adapter that call it (e.g. configuring a new bdaddr).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-12 13:20:12 +01:00
Johan Hedberg ec6f99b807 Bluetooth: Fix enabling BR/EDR SC when powering on
If we're in the AUTO_OFF stage the powered_update_hci() function is
responsible for doing the updates to the HCI state that were not done
during the actual mgmt command handlers. One of the updates needing done
is for BR/EDR SC support. This patch adds the missing HCI command for SC
support to the powered_update_hci() function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-12 13:17:41 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach 722ddb0dab mac80211: update the channel context after channel switch
When the channel switch has been made, a vif is now using
the channel context which was reserved. When that happens,
we need to update the channel context since its parameters
may change.

I hit a case in which I switched to a 40Mhz channel but the
reserved channel context was still on 20Mhz. The rate control
would try to send 40Mhz packets on a 20Mhz channel context and
that made iwlwifi's firmware unhappy.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:35:38 +01:00
Luciano Coelho f89f46cf3a nl80211: check matches array length before acessing it
If the userspace passes a malformed sched scan request (or a net
detect wowlan configuration) by adding a NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH
attribute without any nested matchsets, a NULL pointer dereference
will occur.  Fix this by checking that we do have matchsets in our
array before trying to access it.

BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000024
IP: [<ffffffffa002fd69>] nl80211_parse_sched_scan.part.67+0x6e9/0x900 [cfg80211]
PGD 865c067 PUD 865b067 PMD 0
Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: iwlmvm(O) iwlwifi(O) mac80211(O) cfg80211(O) compat(O) [last unloaded: compat]
CPU: 2 PID: 2442 Comm: iw Tainted: G           O   3.17.2 #31
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
task: ffff880013800790 ti: ffff880008d80000 task.ti: ffff880008d80000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa002fd69>]  [<ffffffffa002fd69>] nl80211_parse_sched_scan.part.67+0x6e9/0x900 [cfg80211]
RSP: 0018:ffff880008d838d0  EFLAGS: 00010293
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000143c RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff880008ee8dd0
RBP: ffff880008d83948 R08: 0000000000000002 R09: 0000000000000019
R10: ffff88001d1b3c40 R11: 0000000000000002 R12: ffff880019e85e00
R13: 00000000fffffed4 R14: ffff880009757800 R15: 0000000000001388
FS:  00007fa3b6d13700(0000) GS:ffff88003e200000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000000000024 CR3: 0000000008670000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
Stack:
 ffff880009757800 ffff880000000001 0000000000000000 ffff880008ee84e0
 0000000000000000 ffff880009757800 00000000fffffed4 ffff880008d83948
 ffffffff814689c9 ffff880009757800 ffff880008ee8000 0000000000000000
Call Trace:
 [<ffffffff814689c9>] ? nla_parse+0xb9/0x120
 [<ffffffffa00306de>] nl80211_set_wowlan+0x75e/0x960 [cfg80211]
 [<ffffffff810bf3d5>] ? mark_held_locks+0x75/0xa0
 [<ffffffff8161a77b>] genl_family_rcv_msg+0x18b/0x360
 [<ffffffff810bf66d>] ? trace_hardirqs_on+0xd/0x10
 [<ffffffff8161a9d4>] genl_rcv_msg+0x84/0xc0
 [<ffffffff8161a950>] ? genl_family_rcv_msg+0x360/0x360
 [<ffffffff81618e79>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa9/0xd0
 [<ffffffff81619458>] genl_rcv+0x28/0x40
 [<ffffffff816184a5>] netlink_unicast+0x105/0x180
 [<ffffffff8161886f>] netlink_sendmsg+0x34f/0x7a0
 [<ffffffff8105a097>] ? kvm_clock_read+0x27/0x40
 [<ffffffff815c644d>] sock_sendmsg+0x8d/0xc0
 [<ffffffff811a75c9>] ? might_fault+0xb9/0xc0
 [<ffffffff811a756e>] ? might_fault+0x5e/0xc0
 [<ffffffff815d5d26>] ? verify_iovec+0x56/0xe0
 [<ffffffff815c73e0>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x3d0/0x3e0
 [<ffffffff810a7be8>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x98/0xd0
 [<ffffffff810611b4>] ? __do_page_fault+0x254/0x580
 [<ffffffff810bb39f>] ? up_read+0x1f/0x40
 [<ffffffff810611b4>] ? __do_page_fault+0x254/0x580
 [<ffffffff812146ed>] ? __fget_light+0x13d/0x160
 [<ffffffff815c7b02>] __sys_sendmsg+0x42/0x80
 [<ffffffff815c7b52>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
 [<ffffffff81751f69>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b

Fixes: ea73cbce4e ("nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.15+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:33:25 +01:00
Johannes Berg cec3f0ed7d cfg80211: use __force __rcu to suppress sparse warning
The code assigns a constant value (a pointer to a static variable)
to an RCU pointer, which results in a sparse warning:
  reg.c:112:10: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:4>)

Suppress this warning by using __force.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:27:23 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 34f05f543f cfg80211: avoid mem leak on driver hint set
In the already-set and intersect case of a driver-hint, the previous
wiphy regdomain was not freed before being reset with a copy of the
cfg80211 regdomain.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:25:33 +01:00
Jouni Malinen 08f6f14777 cfg80211: Fix 160 MHz channels with 80+80 and 160 MHz drivers
The VHT supported channel width field is a two bit integer, not a
bitfield. cfg80211_chandef_usable() was interpreting it incorrectly and
ended up rejecting 160 MHz channel width if the driver indicated support
for both 160 and 80+80 MHz channels.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.16+)
Fixes: 3d9d1d6656 ("nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration")
       (however, no real drivers had 160 MHz support it until 3.16)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:18:47 +01:00
Andreas Müller d025933e29 mac80211: fix multicast LED blinking and counter
As multicast-frames can't be fragmented, "dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount"
stopped being incremented after the use-after-free fix. Furthermore, the
RX-LED will be triggered by every multicast frame (which wouldn't happen
before) which wouldn't allow the LED to rest at all.

Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89431 which also had the
patch.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: b8fff407a1 ("mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:11:14 +01:00
Jes Sorensen 7e6225a160 mac80211: avoid using uninitialized stack data
Avoid a case where we would access uninitialized stack data if the AP
advertises HT support without 40MHz channel support.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f3000e1b43 ("mac80211: fix broken use of VHT/20Mhz with some APs")
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:00:46 +01:00
Florian Fainelli 9697f1cde9 net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup
In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and
propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create().

Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 21:00:08 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 53013c7743 net: dsa: handle non-existing PHYs on switch internal bus
In case there is no PHY at the designated address on the internal
switch, we would basically de-reference a null pointer here:

dsa_slave_phy_setup(...)
{
	p->phy = ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_map[p->port];
	phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
				      ^------

This can be triggered when the platform configuration (platform_data or
Device Tree) indicates there should be a PHY device at this address, but
the HW is non-responsive, such that we cannot attach a PHY device at
this specific location.

Fix this by checking the return value prior to calling
phy_connect_direct().

CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Reported-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:58:50 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 70e71ca0af Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
    offloading of switching and routing to hardware.

    This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
    limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
    Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu

 2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
    modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers.  Thanks to Al Viro
    and Herbert Xu.

 3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
    Alpe.

 4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
    KaFai Lau.

 5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
    Pavaluca.

 6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
    achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.

 7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
    interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.

 8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
    Nicolas Dichtel.

 9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
    programs to actually be attached to sockets.  From Alexei
    Starovoitov.

10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.

11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
    Westphal.

12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.

13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
    driver, from Thomas Lendacky.

14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.

15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
    Klassert.

16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
    Dumazet.  This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
    desired handling of bulk vs.  RPC-like traffic.

17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
    received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU.  From Eric Dumazet.

18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
    Dumazet.

19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
    consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.

20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
    Varadarajan.

21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.

22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
    Perry.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
  Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
  net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
  net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
  net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
  net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
  net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
  net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
  net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
  net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
  net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
  net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
  net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
  be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
  gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
  cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
  net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
  net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
  net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
  net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
  net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
  ...
2014-12-11 14:27:06 -08:00
Linus Torvalds 6b9e2cea42 virtio: virtio 1.0 support, misc patches
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support.
 Notable missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
 vhost scsi.
 
 Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
 
 Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
 Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
 Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUh1CVAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpWZcH/2+EGPyng7Lca820UHA0cU1U
 u4D8CAAwOGaVdnUUo8ox1eon3LNB2UgRtgsl3rBDR3YTgFfNPrfuYdnHO0dYIDc1
 lS26NuPrVrTX0lA+OBPe2nlKrsrOkn8aw1kxG9Y0gKtNg/+HAGNW5e2eE7R/LrA5
 94XbWZ8g9Yf4GPG1iFmih9vQvvN0E68zcUlojfCnllySgaIEYr8nTiGQBWpRgJat
 fCqFAp1HMDZzGJQO+m1/Vw0OftTRVybyfai59e6uUTa8x1djvzPb/1MvREqQjegM
 ylSuofIVyj7JPu++FbAjd9mikkb53GSc8ql3YmWNZLdr69rnkzP0GdzQvrdheAo=
 =RtrR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost

Pull virtio updates from Michael Tsirkin:
 "virtio: virtio 1.0 support, misc patches

  This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support.  Notable
  missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
  vhost scsi.

  Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.

  Note: some net drivers are affected by these patches.  David said he's
  fine with merging these patches through my tree.

  Rusty's on vacation, he acked using my tree for these, too"

* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost: (70 commits)
  virtio_ccw: finalize_features error handling
  virtio_ccw: future-proof finalize_features
  virtio_pci: rename virtio_pci -> virtio_pci_common
  virtio_pci: update file descriptions and copyright
  virtio_pci: split out legacy device support
  virtio_pci: setup config vector indirectly
  virtio_pci: setup vqs indirectly
  virtio_pci: delete vqs indirectly
  virtio_pci: use priv for vq notification
  virtio_pci: free up vq->priv
  virtio_pci: fix coding style for structs
  virtio_pci: add isr field
  virtio: drop legacy_only driver flag
  virtio_balloon: drop legacy_only driver flag
  virtio_ccw: rev 1 devices set VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1
  virtio: allow finalize_features to fail
  virtio_ccw: legacy: don't negotiate rev 1/features
  virtio: add API to detect legacy devices
  virtio_console: fix sparse warnings
  vhost: remove unnecessary forward declarations in vhost.h
  ...
2014-12-11 12:20:31 -08:00
Johan Hedberg 1aeb9c651c Bluetooth: Fix notifying mgmt power off before flushing connection list
This patch moves the mgmt_powered() notification earlier in the
hci_dev_do_close() function. This way the correct "not powered" error
gets passed to any pending mgmt commands. Without the patch the pending
commands would instead get a misleading "disconnected" response when
powering down the adapter.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-11 20:57:39 +01:00
Johan Hedberg a511b35ba4 Bluetooth: Fix incorrect pending cmd removal in pairing_complete()
The pairing_complete() function is used as a pending mgmt command
cmd_complete callback. The expectation of such functions is that they
are not responsible themselves for calling mgmt_pending_remove(). This
patch fixes the incorrect mgmt_pending_remove() call in
pairing_complete() and adds it to the appropriate changes.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-11 20:57:38 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 15013aeb63 Bluetooth: Fix calling hci_conn_put too early
The pairing_complete() function relies on a hci_conn reference to be
able to access the hci_conn object. It should therefore only release
this reference once it's done accessing the object, i.e. at the end of
the function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-11 20:57:38 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 417287de88 Bluetooth: Fix check for support for page scan related commands
The Read Page Scan Activity and Read Page Scan Type commands are not
supported by all controllers. Move the execution of both commands
into the 3rd phase of the init procedure. And then check the bit
mask of supported commands before adding them to the init sequence.

With this re-ordering of the init sequence, the extra check for
AVM BlueFritz! controllers is no longer needed. They will report
that these two commands are not supported.

This fixes an issue with the Microsoft Corp. Wireless Transceiver
for Bluetooth 2.0 (ID 045e:009c).

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-11 21:42:11 +02:00
Jaganath Kanakkassery 5c1a4c8f28 Bluetooth: Fix missing hci_dev_lock/unlock in hci_event
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection and
all hci_event.c functions which calls mgmt_complete() (which eventually
calls mgmt_pending_remove()) should hold the lock.
So this patch fixes the same

Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-11 15:09:04 +01:00
Jaganath Kanakkassery 3ad675827f Bluetooth: Fix missing hci_dev_lock/unlock in mgmt req_complete()
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection
and currently the rule to take dev lock is that all mgmt req_complete
functions should take dev lock. So this patch fixes the same in the
missing functions

Without this patch there is a chance of invalid memory access while
accessing the mgmt_pending list like below

bluetoothd:  392] [0] Backtrace:
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c04ec770>] (pending_eir_or_class+0x0/0x68) from [<c04f1830>] (add_uuid+0x34/0x1c4)
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c04f17fc>] (add_uuid+0x0/0x1c4) from [<c04f3cc4>] (mgmt_control+0x204/0x274)
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c04f3ac0>] (mgmt_control+0x0/0x274) from [<c04f609c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x80/0x308)
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c04f601c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x0/0x308) from [<c03d4d68>] (sock_aio_write+0x144/0x174)
bluetoothd:  392] [0]  r8:00000000 r7 7c1be90 r6 7c1be18 r5:00000017 r4 a90ea80
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c03d4c24>] (sock_aio_write+0x0/0x174) from [<c00e2d4c>] (do_sync_write+0xb0/0xe0)
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c00e2c9c>] (do_sync_write+0x0/0xe0) from [<c00e371c>] (vfs_write+0x134/0x13c)
bluetoothd:  392] [0]  r8:00000000 r7 7c1bf70 r6:beeca5c8 r5:00000017 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c00e35e8>] (vfs_write+0x0/0x13c) from [<c00e3910>] (sys_write+0x44/0x70)
bluetoothd:  392] [0]  r8:00000000 r7:00000004 r6:00000017 r5:beeca5c8 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd:  392] [0] [<c00e38cc>] (sys_write+0x0/0x70) from [<c000e3c0>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x30)
bluetoothd:  392] [0]  r9 7c1a000 r8:c000e568 r6:400b5f10 r5:403896d8 r4:beeca604
bluetoothd:  392] [0] Code: e28cc00c e152000c 0a00000f e3a00001 (e1d210b8)
bluetoothd:  392] [0] ---[ end trace 67b6ac67435864c4 ]---
bluetoothd:  392] [0] Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception

Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-11 14:08:47 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 92a578b064 ACPI and power management updates for 3.19-rc1
This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
 the last couple of development cycles.
 
 The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
 interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
 firmware.  It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
 drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come
 from as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes
 them available.  It covers both devices and "bare" device node
 objects without struct device representation as that turns out to
 be necessary in some cases.  This has been in the works for quite
 a few months (and development cycles) and has been approved by
 all of the relevant maintainers.
 
 On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
 (at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
 made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
 GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO information
 in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines (in which
 case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it knows about
 the device in question).  That also has been approved by the GPIO
 core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use it.
 
 Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
 It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by
 the processor in which case it will be enabled by default.  However,
 it can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
 
 Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
 operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
 Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
 That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
 thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
 and so on.
 
 Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
 information in a limited way.  Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
 off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
 indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
 operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
 device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller).
 The support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery
 driver work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to
 cover some other use cases in the future.
 
 Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
 
 In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
 place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
 release.
 
 As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver
 for Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of
 the DMA engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact
 with the thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight
 driver should handle some more corner cases, among other things.
 
 On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions
 in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some
 random and strange looking failures on some systems.
 
 In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series
 of commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
 configuration option.  That was triggered by a discussion
 regarding the generic power domains code during which we realized
 that trying to support certain combinations of PM config options
 was painful and not really worth it, because nobody would use them
 in production anyway.  For this reason, we decided to make
 CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the
 conclusion that the latter became redundant and CONFIG_PM could
 be used instead of it.  The material here makes that replacement
 in a major part of the tree, but there will be at least one more
 batch of that in the second part of the merge window.
 
 Specifics:
 
  - Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI
    _DSD device configuration objects and a unified device properties
    interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that.
    As stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
    device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
    agnostic way.  The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers
    are now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem
    is additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names
    to GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is
    not present or does not provide the expected data).  The changes
    in this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki,
    Aaron Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
    Geert Uytterhoeven).
 
  - Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
    in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
    driver.  CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
    supported by the processor.  If supported, it will be enabled
    automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
    the kernel command line.  From Dirk Brandewie.
 
  - New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
 
  - Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions
    used by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
    platforms for power resource control and thermal management
    (Aaron Lu).
 
  - Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
    between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects
    and deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based
    on the _DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A
    (Lan Tianyu).
 
  - New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
 
  - ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
    tools (Bob Moore).
 
  - Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling
    code and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume
    (Lv Zheng and Rafael J Wysocki).
 
  - ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
    management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had
    been allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
    queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
    driver (and elsewhere).  The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in
    that code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue
    go away.  From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
 
  - ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
    management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly.
    The problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support
    of its own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device
    having ACPI PM support goes into D3cold.  To work around that,
    the PM domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at
    least one device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the
    DMA engine is in use.  From Andy Shevchenko.
 
  - ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
    systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
    mistake (Aaron Lu).
 
  - Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
    Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and
    Ashwin Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
 
  - Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver
    fixes and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
 
  - Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
    attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
    drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at
    probe time (Ulf Hansson).
 
  - Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the
    generic power domains core code and modifications of the
    ARM/shmobile platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
 
  - Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power
    domains core code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
 
  - Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control
    code in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
 
  - Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
    CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
    which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman).  That
    is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
 
  - Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
    to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
 
  - cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
 
  - cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and
    a new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
    Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
 
  - New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
    cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
    driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
    registration (Viresh Kumar).
 
  - cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu,
    James Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
 
  - Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
    cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
    Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
 
  - OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to
    allow OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
    (cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
    during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
 
  - Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and
    Markus Elfring).
 
  - PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
 
  - cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava).
 
 /
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUhj6JAAoJEILEb/54YlRxTM4P/j5g5SfqvY0QKsn7sR7MGZ6v
 nsgCBhJAqTw3ocNC7EAs8z9h2GWy1KbKpakKYWAh9Fs1yZoey7tFSlcv/Rgjlp70
 uU5sDQHtpE9mHKiymdsowiQuWgpl962L4k+k8hUslhlvgk1PvVbpajR6OqG8G+pD
 asuIW9eh1APNkLyXmRJ3ZPomzs0VmRdZJ0NEs0lKX9mJskqEvxPIwdaxq3iaJq9B
 Fo0J345zUDcJnxWblDRdHlOigCimglElfN5qJwaC4KpwUKuBvLRKbp4f69+wfT0c
 kYFiR29X5KjJ2kLfP/wKsLyuDCYYXRq3tCia5M1tAqOjZ+UA89H/GDftx/5lntmv
 qUlBa35VfdS1SX4HyApZitOHiLgo+It/hl8Z9bJnhyVw66NxmMQ8JYN2imb8Lhqh
 XCLR7BxLTah82AapLJuQ0ZDHPzZqMPG2veC2vAzRMYzVijict/p4Y2+qBqONltER
 4rs9uRVn+hamX33lCLg8BEN8zqlnT3rJFIgGaKjq/wXHAU/zpE9CjOrKMQcAg9+s
 t51XMNPwypHMAYyGVhEL89ImjXnXxBkLRuquhlmEpvQchIhR+mR3dLsarGn7da44
 WPIQJXzcsojXczcwwfqsJCR4I1FTFyQIW+UNh02GkDRgRovQqo+Jk762U7vQwqH+
 LBdhvVaS1VW4v+FWXEoZ
 =5dox
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm

Pull ACPI and power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
 "This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
  the last couple of development cycles.

  The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
  interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
  firmware.  It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
  drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come from
  as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes them
  available.  It covers both devices and "bare" device node objects
  without struct device representation as that turns out to be necessary
  in some cases.  This has been in the works for quite a few months (and
  development cycles) and has been approved by all of the relevant
  maintainers.

  On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
  (at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
  made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
  GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO
  information in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines
  (in which case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it
  knows about the device in question).  That also has been approved by
  the GPIO core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use
  it.

  Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
  It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by the
  processor in which case it will be enabled by default.  However, it
  can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.

  Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
  operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
  Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
  That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
  thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
  and so on.

  Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
  information in a limited way.  Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
  off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
  indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
  operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
  device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller).  The
  support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery driver
  work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to cover some
  other use cases in the future.

  Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.

  In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
  place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
  release.

  As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver for
  Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of the DMA
  engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact with the
  thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight driver should
  handle some more corner cases, among other things.

  On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions in the
  ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some random and
  strange looking failures on some systems.

  In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series of
  commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME configuration
  option.  That was triggered by a discussion regarding the generic
  power domains code during which we realized that trying to support
  certain combinations of PM config options was painful and not really
  worth it, because nobody would use them in production anyway.  For
  this reason, we decided to make CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select
  CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the conclusion that the latter
  became redundant and CONFIG_PM could be used instead of it.  The
  material here makes that replacement in a major part of the tree, but
  there will be at least one more batch of that in the second part of
  the merge window.

  Specifics:

   - Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI _DSD
     device configuration objects and a unified device properties
     interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that.  As
     stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
     device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
     agnostic way.  The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers are
     now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem is
     additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names to
     GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is not
     present or does not provide the expected data).  The changes in
     this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki, Aaron
     Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
     Geert Uytterhoeven).

   - Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
     in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
     driver.  CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
     supported by the processor.  If supported, it will be enabled
     automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
     the kernel command line.  From Dirk Brandewie.

   - New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).

   - Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions used
     by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
     platforms for power resource control and thermal management (Aaron
     Lu).

   - Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
     between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects and
     deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based on the
     _DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A (Lan
     Tianyu).

   - New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).

   - ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
     tools (Bob Moore).

   - Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code
     and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume (Lv Zheng
     and Rafael J Wysocki).

   - ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
     management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had been
     allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
     queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
     driver (and elsewhere).  The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in that
     code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue go
     away.  From Konstantin Khlebnikov.

   - ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
     management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly.  The
     problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support of its
     own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device having
     ACPI PM support goes into D3cold.  To work around that, the PM
     domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at least one
     device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the DMA engine is
     in use.  From Andy Shevchenko.

   - ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
     systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
     mistake (Aaron Lu).

   - Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
     Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and Ashwin
     Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).

   - Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver fixes
     and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).

   - Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
     attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
     drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at probe
     time (Ulf Hansson).

   - Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the generic
     power domains core code and modifications of the ARM/shmobile
     platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).

   - Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power domains core
     code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).

   - Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control code
     in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).

   - Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
     CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
     which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman).  That
     is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.

   - Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
     to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).

   - cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).

   - cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and a
     new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
     Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).

   - New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
     cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
     driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
     registration (Viresh Kumar).

   - cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu, James
     Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).

   - Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
     cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
     Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).

   - OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to allow
     OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
     (cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
     during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).

   - Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and Markus
     Elfring).

   - PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).

   - cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava)"

* tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (120 commits)
  i2c-omap / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from i2c-omap.c
  dmaengine / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  tools: cpupower: fix return checks for sysfs_get_idlestate_count()
  drivers: sh / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  e1000e / igb / PM: Eliminate CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
  MMC / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  MFD / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  misc / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  media / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  input / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
  iio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  hsi / OMAP / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  i2c-hid / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  drm / exynos / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  gpio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  hwrandom / exynos / PM: Use CONFIG_PM in #ifdef
  block / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
  USB / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from the USB core
  PM: Merge the SET*_RUNTIME_PM_OPS() macros
  ...
2014-12-10 21:17:00 -08:00
Alexei Starovoitov 198bf1b046 net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
0day robot reported the following crash:
[   21.233581] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000007
[   21.234709] IP: [<ffffffff8156ebda>] sk_attach_bpf+0x39/0xc2

It's due to bpf_prog_get() returning ERR_PTR.
Check it properly.

Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 23:34:27 -05:00